Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

WLAN Antenna Quick Start

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 438

WLAN

Antenna Quick Start

Issue 13
Date 2020-04-21

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2020. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and
the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees
or representations of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website: https://e.huawei.com

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start Contents

Contents

1 Antenna Description............................................................................................................... 1
2 Antenna Fundamentals..........................................................................................................3
2.1 Antenna Types.......................................................................................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Antenna Angle..........................................................................................................................................................................5
2.3 Antenna Gain............................................................................................................................................................................ 6
2.4 Receiver Sensitivity................................................................................................................................................................. 7
2.5 Beamwidth................................................................................................................................................................................. 8

3 Selection Policy...................................................................................................................... 11
4 Safety Precautions................................................................................................................ 52
4.1 General Safety Precautions................................................................................................................................................52
4.2 Electrical Safety Precautions............................................................................................................................................. 53
4.3 Working at Heights.............................................................................................................................................................. 55

5 27010209 Indoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized Directional Antenna (H88 V47 G7)... 56
5.1 27010209 Technical Specifications..................................................................................................................................56
5.2 27010209 Antenna Installation........................................................................................................................................58
5.2.1 Accessories and Tools....................................................................................................................................................... 58
5.2.2 Wall Mounting....................................................................................................................................................................58
5.2.3 Connecting RF Cables...................................................................................................................................................... 59

6 27010210 Indoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V45


G3)................................................................................................................................................62
6.1 27010210 Technical Specifications..................................................................................................................................62
6.2 27010210 Antenna Installation........................................................................................................................................64
6.2.1 Accessories and Tools....................................................................................................................................................... 64
6.2.2 Ceiling Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 64
6.2.3 Connecting RF Cables...................................................................................................................................................... 65

7 27010215 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V9


G11)............................................................................................................................................. 68
7.1 27010215 Technical Specifications..................................................................................................................................68
7.2 27010215 Installation Precautions..................................................................................................................................70
7.3 27010215 Antenna Installation........................................................................................................................................72
7.3.1 Accessories and Tools....................................................................................................................................................... 72

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ii


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start Contents

7.3.2 Pole Mounting.................................................................................................................................................................... 72


7.3.3 Connecting RF Cables...................................................................................................................................................... 75

8 27010219 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized Directional Antenna (H120 V7


G15.5).......................................................................................................................................... 79
8.1 27010219 Technical Specifications..................................................................................................................................79
8.2 27010219 Installation Precautions..................................................................................................................................81
8.3 27010219 Antenna Installation........................................................................................................................................83
8.3.1 Accessories and Tools....................................................................................................................................................... 83
8.3.2 Pole Mounting.................................................................................................................................................................... 83
8.3.3 Connecting RF Cables...................................................................................................................................................... 87

9 27010223 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized Directional Antenna (H90 V7 G17)


.......................................................................................................................................................91
9.1 27010223 Technical Specifications..................................................................................................................................91
9.2 27010223 Installation Precautions..................................................................................................................................93
9.3 27010223 Antenna Installation........................................................................................................................................95
9.3.1 Accessories and Tools....................................................................................................................................................... 95
9.3.2 Pole Mounting.................................................................................................................................................................... 95
9.3.3 Connecting RF Cables...................................................................................................................................................... 99

10 27010812 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G12)
.................................................................................................................................................... 103
10.1 27010812 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 103
10.2 27010812 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................105
10.3 27010812 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 107
10.3.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 107
10.3.2 Pole Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 108
10.3.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................111

11 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G11.5)


.................................................................................................................................................... 116
11.1 27010889 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 116
11.2 27010889 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................118
11.3 27010889 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 120
11.3.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 120
11.3.2 Pole mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 121
11.3.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................124

12 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)


.................................................................................................................................................... 129
12.1 27010890 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 129
12.2 27010890 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................131
12.3 27010890 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 133
12.3.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 133
12.3.2 Pole Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 134

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start Contents

12.3.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................138

13 27010898 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H60 V7 G16.5)


.................................................................................................................................................... 143
13.1 27010898 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 143
13.2 27010898 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................145
13.3 27010898 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 147
13.3.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 147
13.3.2 Pole Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 147
13.3.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................150

14 27010902 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized Directional Antenna (H120 V6


G14.5)........................................................................................................................................ 155
14.1 27010902 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 155
14.2 27010902 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................157
14.3 27010902 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 159
14.3.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 159
14.3.2 Pole Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 159
14.3.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................163

15 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)
.................................................................................................................................................... 167
15.1 27010904 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 167
15.2 27010904 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................169
15.3 27010904 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 171
15.3.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 171
15.3.2 Pole Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 172
15.3.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................176

16 27010906 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G14)


.................................................................................................................................................... 181
16.1 27010906 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 181
16.2 27010906 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................183
16.3 27010906 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 185
16.3.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 185
16.3.2 Pole Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 186
16.3.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................189

17 27010912 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized Directional Antenna (H100 V5.5 G16)


.................................................................................................................................................... 194
17.1 27010912 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 194
17.2 27010912 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................196
17.3 27010912 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 198
17.3.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 198
17.3.2 Pole Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 198
17.3.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................202

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iv


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start Contents

18 27010913 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360


V11.5 G8).................................................................................................................................. 205
18.1 27010913 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 205
18.2 27010913 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................207
18.3 27010913 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 209
18.3.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 209
18.3.2 Pole Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 209
18.3.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................212

19 27011016 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H9 V9 G23)....215


19.1 27011016 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 215
19.2 27011016 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................217
19.3 27011016 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 219
19.3.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 219
19.3.2 Pole Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 219
19.3.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................224

20 27011145 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)


.................................................................................................................................................... 228
20.1 27011145 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 228
20.2 27011145 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................231
20.3 27011145 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 233
20.3.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 233
20.3.2 Pole Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 234
20.3.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................237

21 27011332 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360


V32 G3)..................................................................................................................................... 243
21.1 27011332 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 243
21.2 27011332 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................245
21.3 27011332 Installing Antennas..................................................................................................................................... 247

22 27011333 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V20


G5)............................................................................................................................................. 250
22.1 27011333 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 250
22.2 27011333 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................252
22.3 27011333 Installing Antennas..................................................................................................................................... 254

23 27011618 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H30


V30 G14)................................................................................................................................... 257
23.1 27011618 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 257
23.2 27011618 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................259
23.3 27011618 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 260
23.3.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 260
23.3.2 Pole Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 261
23.3.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................262

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. v


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start Contents

24 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H35


V35 G12)................................................................................................................................... 268
24.1 27011619 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 268
24.2 27011619 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................270
24.3 27011619 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 271
24.3.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 271
24.3.2 Pole Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 272
24.3.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................273

25 27011668 Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Single-Polarized Omnidirectional


Antenna (H360 V33 G4 and H360 V22 G7)......................................................................280
25.1 27011668 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 280
25.2 27011668 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................282
25.3 27011668 Installing Antennas..................................................................................................................................... 284

26 27011792 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H75
V55 G4 and H75 V50 G6)......................................................................................................286
26.1 27011792 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 286
26.2 27011792 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 289
26.2.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 289
26.2.2 Wall Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 289
26.2.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................292

27 27012045 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional


Antenna (H75 V65 G5.5 & H80 V40 G6)........................................................................... 295
27.1 27012045 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 295
27.2 27012045 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 297
27.2.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 297
27.2.2 Wall Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 297
27.2.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................298

28 27012046 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H30


V30 G14)................................................................................................................................... 300
28.1 27012046 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 300
28.2 27012046 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 303
28.2.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 303
28.2.2 Wall Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 304
28.2.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................305

29 27012048 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H35


V35 G12)................................................................................................................................... 311
29.1 27012048 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 311
29.2 27012048 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 313
29.2.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 313
29.2.2 Wall Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 314
29.2.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................316

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vi


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start Contents

30 27012050 Vehicle-Mounted 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H70 V35


G9)............................................................................................................................................. 322
30.1 27012050 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 322
30.2 27012050 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 324
30.2.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 324
30.2.2 Wall Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 324
30.2.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................325

31 27012075 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Single-Polarized Directional


Antenna (H80 V40 G4 & H80 V40 G6).............................................................................. 326
31.1 27012075 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 326
31.2 27012075 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 328
31.2.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 328
31.2.2 Wall Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 328
31.2.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................330

32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H33 V33 G13 and H33 V33 G13)......................................................................332
32.1 27012134 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 332
32.2 27012134 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................337
32.3 27012134 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 339
32.3.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 339
32.3.2 Wall Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 339
32.3.3 Pole Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 343
32.3.4 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................348

33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33


V33 G13)................................................................................................................................... 354
33.1 27012140 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 354
33.2 27012140 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................357
33.3 27012140 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 359
33.3.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 359
33.3.2 Wall Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 360
33.3.3 Pole Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 362
33.3.4 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................367

34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)
.................................................................................................................................................... 373
34.1 27012544 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 373
34.2 27012544 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................376
34.3 27012544 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 377
34.3.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 377
34.3.2 Wall Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 378
34.3.3 Pole Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 386
34.3.4 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................393

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vii


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start Contents

35 27012545 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Linear-Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna


(H360 V110 G4 and H360 V110 G5).................................................................................. 398
35.1 27012545 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 398
35.2 27012545 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 400
35.2.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 400
35.2.2 Ceiling Mounting.......................................................................................................................................................... 401
35.2.3 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................401

36 27012565 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H35
V35 G12 and H26 V26 G11)................................................................................................. 404
36.1 27012565 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 404
36.2 27012565 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................406
36.3 27012565 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 408
36.3.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 408
36.3.2 Wall Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 408
36.3.3 Pole Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 411
36.3.4 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................412

37 27012566 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H32
V32 G13 and H15 V15 G17)................................................................................................. 417
37.1 27012566 Technical Specifications............................................................................................................................. 417
37.2 27012566 Installation Precautions.............................................................................................................................419
37.3 27012566 Antenna Installation................................................................................................................................... 421
37.3.1 Accessories and Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 421
37.3.2 Wall Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 421
37.3.3 Pole Mounting............................................................................................................................................................... 424
37.3.4 Connecting RF Cables..................................................................................................................................................425

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. viii


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 1 Antenna Description

1 Antenna Description

This document describes key parameters and installation methods of antennas


used on Huawei Access Points (APs).
For easy description, the antennas are named according to the following rules.

Figure 1-1 Antenna naming rules

No. Description Value

1 Antenna No. –

2 Installation scenarios ● Indoor: indoor scenarios


● Outdoor: outdoor scenarios
● Rail transportation: vehicle-
ground communication
scenarios
● Vehicle-mounted: wireless
coverage for train
compartments scenarios

3 Frequency band ● 2.4 GHz


Besides the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz ● 5 GHz
frequency bands, some antennas can
also work on other frequency bands.
This section lists only the frequency
bands used by Huawei APs.

4 Polarization mode ● Single-polarized


● Dual-polarized

5 Antenna type ● Directional antenna


● Omnidirectional antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 1 Antenna Description

No. Description Value

6 Lobe width and gain (typical values) -


● H: horizontal lobe width
● V: vertical lobe width
● G: gain

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 2 Antenna Fundamentals

2 Antenna Fundamentals

About This Chapter

2.1 Antenna Types


2.2 Antenna Angle
2.3 Antenna Gain
2.4 Receiver Sensitivity
2.5 Beamwidth

2.1 Antenna Types


Antennas are used to transmit or receive radio waves and play an important role
in a WLAN. The following describes how antennas are classified based on different
criteria.

Antenna Classification by Horizontal Radiation Pattern


Antennas can be classified into the following types based on the horizontal
radiation pattern:

● Omnidirectional antenna

– The goal of an omnidirectional antenna is to radiate energy equally in all


directions in a plane (azimuth plane), with a directional pattern in any
orthogonal plane.
– The radiation pattern of an omnidirectional antenna is similar to that of
an incandescent lamp, which radiates visible light in all directions in a
plane.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 3


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 2 Antenna Fundamentals

● Directional antenna

– A directional antenna radiates its energy more effectively in one (or


some) direction than others. Typically, these antennas have one main
lobe and several minor lobes.
– The radiation pattern of a directional antenna is similar to that of a
flashlight, which radiates visible light towards a specified direction. With
the same radio energy, a directional antenna provides a longer coverage
distance than an omnidirectional antenna in a particular direction.
● Smart antenna

– A smart antenna supports multiple directional radiation patterns and one


omnidirectional radiation mode on a horizontal plane.
– A smart antenna receives signals from transmitters in omnidirectional
mode. Based on the received signals, the smart antenna algorithm can
determine the location of a transmitter and control the CPU to send
control signals to the transmitter in the directional radiation pattern with
the direction of the maximum radiation.

Antenna Classification by Polarization Mode


By polarization mode, antennas are classified to single-polarized antennas and
dual-polarized antennas. Single polarization and dual polarization are essentially
linear polarization, allowing antennas to be horizontally or vertically polarized.

● Single-polarized antenna: can only receive or transmit signals in either the


horizontal or vertical plane at a time. Therefore, more installation space and
maintenance workload are required.
● Dual-polarized antenna: receives and transmits signals in orthogonal mode.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 4


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 2 Antenna Fundamentals

2.2 Antenna Angle


Antenna angles include the azimuth and downtilt angles, which are formed
between an antenna and the north and horizontal directions, respectively.
There are two antenna types by directionality: omnidirectional and directional
antennas. An omnidirectional antenna receives or transmits signals in all
horizontal directions. Therefore, angles of antennas usually refer to azimuth and
downtilt angles of directional antennas, as shown in Figure 2-1.
A small antenna angle provides a high antenna gain. However, the key to
selecting an antenna gain is to meet signal coverage requirements. The signal
coverage range of an antenna can be controlled by adjusting the antenna azimuth
and downtilt angles.

Figure 2-1 Antenna angles

Related Concepts
● Azimuth angle: defined by a horizontal angle measured clockwise from north.
● Downtilt antenna: formed between an antenna and the horizontal plane.
● Lobe angle: angle between the points in the main lobe that are down from
the maximum gain by 3 dB. For details, see 2.5 Beamwidth.
● Antenna gain: ratio of the power density in a given direction to the power
density of a reference antenna (using an ideal radiation source) in the same
direction. For details, see 2.3 Antenna Gain.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 5


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 2 Antenna Fundamentals

2.3 Antenna Gain


Definition
Antenna gain is the ratio of the power density in a given direction to the power
density of a reference antenna (using an ideal radiation source) in the same
direction. It is expressed in dBd or dBi.

Physically, a gain is the ratio of the signal output of a system to the signal input of
the same system. If the transmit antenna is an ideal undirectional source, the
input power should be 100 W. If the transmit antenna is a directional antenna
with a gain of 13 dB (20 times), only 5 W (100/20) of input power is required.
That is, an antenna's gain is the amplifier of input power of the undirectional ideal
radiation source.

Antenna gain can be used to measure the capability of an antenna to receive and
send signals in a specified direction, which is one of the most important
parameters to consider when selecting an antenna. The antenna gain is related to
the antenna radiation pattern. If the main lobe is narrow, the side lobe is small
and the gain is high. Figure 2-2 shows the relationship between the main lobe
width and antenna gain.

Under the same condition, a higher antenna gain indicates a longer transmission
distance. In practice, select a proper antenna gain to ensure that beamwidth
matches the target coverage area. If the coverage area is small, select a low-gain
antenna with a wide vertical lobe.

Figure 2-2 Relationship between the main lobe width and antenna gain

Related Concepts
● dBd: unit for measuring the balanced dipole's gain.
● dBi: unit for measuring the radiation source antenna's gain, with equal signal
radiation in all directions. The relationship between dBi and dBd is as follows:
dBi = dBd + 2.15.
● Lobe angle: defined as the angle between the points in the main lobe that are
down from the maximum gain by 3 dB. For details, see 2.5 Beamwidth.
● Ideal radiation source: ideal isotropic antenna, that is, a simple point-shaped
radiation source that provides the same radiation performance in all
directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 6


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 2 Antenna Fundamentals

Formula

Antenna gain = 10lg(Power density of an antenna/Power


density of a reference antenna)

2.4 Receiver Sensitivity


Receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum signal received power on an antenna
port for receivers to accurately decode a given signal. Receiver sensitivity can be
degraded by inter-system interference, affecting the quality of received signals.
Therefore, receiver sensitivity is usually used as a criterion to protect the interfered
system.
Receiver sensitivity is similar to hearing of human beings. In the daily
environment, people with good hearing can capture voice more flexibly. Similarly,
higher receiver sensitivity enables a receiver with higher capability to capture
weak signals. If the signal strength is lower than receiver sensitivity, the receiver
will not receive data.

Factor
● Thermal noise power within the bandwidth range
● Noise factor (NF)
● Minimum signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) required for decoding signals

Formula
S = 10lg(kTB) + NF + SNR
● S: receiver sensitivity, in dBm. A smaller value indicates better performance of
the receiver. A larger value indicates lower performance of the receiver.
● k: Boltzmann constant, in J/K.
● T: absolute temperature, in K. As the temperature increases, receiver
sensitivity becomes larger, degrading receiver performance. Therefore, lower
the ambient temperature as much as possible.
● B: signal bandwidth, in Hz. Higher signal bandwidth represents a larger NF,
higher receiver sensitivity, and therefore lower receiver performance.
● kTB: thermal noise power within the bandwidth range, in Watts.
● NF: noise factor, in dB.
● SNR: signal-to-noise ratio required for decoding signals, in dB. A small value
of the minimum SNR can enhance receiver performance. The minimum SNR is
related to the STA moving speed, wireless environment, and required
communication quality. Minimum SNR requirements are different for wireless
standards and services of the same wireless standard.
Receiver sensitivity of a common 802.11g product is -85 dBm. Wireless products
on the market have -105 dBm receiver sensitivity. Professional receivers provide up
to -120 dBm receiver sensitivity. Receiver sensitivity doubles every time the
transmit power increases by 3 dB. In most cases, the receiver sensitivity value
marked on Wi-Fi devices, such as -83 dBm, is a measurement of receiver sensitivity
at a rate of 11 Mbit/s and a bit error rate (BER) of 10E-5 (99.999%).

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 7


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 2 Antenna Fundamentals

STAs have lower receiver sensitivity than APs. Therefore, the outdoor coverage
distance is restricted by the STA uplink. If an AP transmits signals at full power,
users may find strong signal strength on STAs but Internet access experience is
poor. To prevent such an issue, reduce the transmit power of the AP to slightly
higher than the receiver sensitivity of the STAs, so that the uplink and downlink of
the STAs have a similar modulation and coding scheme (MCS) level after the link
power budget is completed.

2.5 Beamwidth
Beamwidth is the angular separation between the points in the main lobe that are
down from the maximum gain by 3 dB. The angle is called the lobe angle. An
antenna has horizontal beamwidth and vertical beamwidth, forming a horizontal
lobe angle and a vertical lobe angle, respectively. Beamwidth is a key counter for
directional antennas.
Figure 2-3 shows the radiation pattern of a directional antenna. The signal
strength gradually increases from the blue area to the red area. Figure 2-4 shows
the horizontal and vertical patterns, and beamwidth.

Figure 2-3 Antenna radiation pattern

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 8


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 2 Antenna Fundamentals

Figure 2-4 Beamwidth

When the beamwidth is narrow, the radiation distance is long and the anti-
interference capability is strong.

● When deploying antennas, note that side lobes interfere with peripheral
residential areas. In most cases, main lobe radiation needs to be enhanced,
and side lobe radiation needs to be suppressed. However, in the areas near
the antennas, side lobes are needed to enlarge the coverage distance.
● H-plane half-power beamwidth determines the beamwidth of an antenna in
the horizontal plane. When beamwidth is wide, good signal coverage is
available at the sector boundary. However, when the downtilt angle becomes
larger, beam distortion is more likely to occur, leading to overshoot coverage.
On the contrary, when beamwidth is narrow, signal coverage is poor at the
sector boundary. Increasing the downtilt angle can resolve this issue to a
certain degree, which can prevent overshoot coverage. Base stations in the
downtown are deployed at short intervals and have antennas with large
downtilt angles installed. In this case, antennas with small H-plane half-
power beamwidth are recommended. In the suburbs, antennas with large H-
plane half-power beamwidth are recommended.
● V-plane half-power beamwidth determines the beamwidth of an antenna in
the vertical plane. When beamwidth is narrow, signals that deviate from the
main beam attenuate fast. In this case, it is easier to control the coverage by
adjusting the downtilt angle, therefore improving coverage quality for cells.

Related Concepts
● Main lobe: Antennas have various radiation patterns. Some of them look like
petals. The one with the strongest radiation "sticks out". It is the main lobe.
● Side lobe: lobes other than the main lobe on a radiation pattern.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 9


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 2 Antenna Fundamentals

● 10 dB beamwidth: angle between the points in the main lobe that are down
from the maximum gain by 10 dB (power density reduced to one tenth).

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 10


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

3 Selection Policy

Overview
The following table lists the basic principles for selecting APs and antennas.

Table 3-1 Basic principles


No. Factors of Description
Considerati
on

1 Usage ● Indoor scenarios: use indoor APs and antennas to provide


scenario signal coverage.
and ● Outdoor scenarios: use outdoor APs and antennas with a
purpose high Ingress Protection (IP) grade and certain surge
protection capability to provide signal coverage and
bridge backhaul.
● Rail transportation scenarios:
– Train-ground communications: use outdoor APs and
antennas with a high IP rating and certain anti-
vibration capability.
– Compartment coverage: use indoor APs and antennas
with certain anti-vibration capability to provide signal
coverage.
– Station platform coverage: use the same APs as the
common outdoor and indoor scenarios.

2 Local The transmit power and maximum gain of antennas must


standards strictly comply with local standards and regulations. For the
and rail transportation scenarios, the performance, environment
regulations adaptability, and anti-vibration capability of the antennas
must also confirm to requirements of the related railway
authorities.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 11


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

No. Factors of Description


Considerati
on

3 Mapping For details, see Mapping Between APs and Antennas.


between
APs and
antennas

4 Coverage/ ● Coverage: Directional antennas are recommended for


Backhaul long and narrow areas while omnidirectional antennas
area and are recommended for round and square areas.
distance ● Backhaul: Directional antennas are usually used. If the
backhaul distance is long, high-gain antennas should be
used; if the backhaul target is concentrated, small-angle
antennas should be used.

5 Transmissio ● Coverage: To implement 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz signal


n frequency coverage, use 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz antennas separately in
for radio the same area or use dual-band antennas.
signals ● Backhaul: The 2.4 GHz antennas are not used for
backhaul.

6 Constructio An external directional antenna usually has a large size and


n cost and needs to be connected to the AP's radio interface through a
simplicity feeder cable. Compared to a built-in antenna and whip
antenna directly installed on an AP, installing an external
directional antenna requires higher construction cost and
may affect indoor simplicity. To further simplify cable layout
(especially in coverage scenarios) without compromising
signal quality, you are advised to use built-in or whip
antennas directly installed on APs.

Selection Solution in Typical Scenarios


Table 3-2 lists policies for selecting APs and antennas to use in typical WLAN
scenarios.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 12


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Table 3-2 Policies for selecting APs and antennas


Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External
o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Outdoo 200 m ● AP The AP8050DN - -


r backhau 80 and AP8030DN
backha l 50 have built-in 2.4
ul (5 DN GHz or 5 GHz
GHz ● AP directional
only) 80 antennas and
30 require low
DN construction
costs.

1 km ● AP ● The 27010889 Use antennas


backhau 80 AP8050DN Outdoor 5 with moderate
l 50 and GHz Dual- gain and
DN AP8030DN Polarized radiation
● AP have built-in Directional angle to
81 2.4 GHz or 5 Antenna reduce
50 GHz (H60 V30 interference to
DN directional G11.5) other APs at
antennas and 27010890 the same site.
● AP require low For leaf nodes,
80 Outdoor 5
construction GHz Dual- small-angle
30 costs. high-gain
DN Polarized
● The Directional antennas are
● AP AP8150DN Antenna recommended,
81 and (H15 V15 which can
30 AP8130DN G19) improve
DN are 802.11ac bandwidth.
products that
can be
configured
with wider
channels, and
are applicable
to scenarios
that require
high
bandwidth.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 13


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

5 km ● AP The AP8150DN 27010890 Use


backhau 81 and AP8130DN Outdoor 5 directional
l 50 are 802.11ac GHz Dual- cross-
DN products that Polarized polarized
● AP can be Directional antennas that
81 configured with Antenna have a small
30 wider channels, (H15 V15 radiation
DN and are G19) angle and
applicable to high gain to
scenarios that ensure robust
require high signal strength
bandwidth. for long-
distance
backhaul.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 14


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Outdoo Countrys ● AP ● The ● 27011668 Select


r ide 80 AP8030DN Outdoor directional
coverag 50 and 2.4 GHz antennas with
e (2.4 DN AP8050DN and 5 GHz proper
GHz ● AP have built-in Single- radiation
and 5 81 2.4 GHz or 5 Polarized angles
GHz) 50 GHz Omnidirec according to
DN directional tional the coverage
antennas. Antenna area,
● AP Therefore, if (H360 V33 landscaping,
80 the coverage G4 and obstacles, and
50 angle allows, H360 V22 AP installation
DN use the G7) height.
-S AP8030DN ● Other
● AP and types of
80 AP8050DN, directional
30 which require antennas
DN low matching
● AP construction the AP
81 costs and (For
30 simplify cable details, see
DN layout. Mapping
● The Between
AP8130DN APs and
and Antennas.
AP8150DN )
are 802.11ac
products that
can be
configured
with wider
channels, and
are applicable
to scenarios
that require
high
bandwidth.
● The
AP8050DN-S
is an 802.11ac
Wave 2
product that

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 15


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

can provide
high access
capacity and
Bluetooth
location with
the built-in
Bluetooth
module.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 16


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Square ● AP ● The ● 27011668 Select


80 AP8030DN Outdoor directional
50 and 2.4 GHz antennas with
DN AP8050DN and 5 GHz proper
● AP have built-in Single- radiation
81 2.4 GHz or 5 Polarized angles
50 GHz Omnidirec according to
DN directional tional the coverage
antennas. Antenna area,
● AP Therefore, if (H360 V33 landscaping,
80 the coverage G4 and obstacles, and
50 angle allows, H360 V22 AP installation
DN use the G7) height.
-S AP8030DN ● Other
● AP and types of
80 AP8050DN, directional
30 which require antennas
DN low matching
● AP construction the AP
81 costs and (For
30 simplify cable details, see
DN layout. Mapping
● The Between
AP8130DN APs and
and Antennas.
AP8150DN )
are 802.11ac
products that
can be
configured
with wider
channels, and
are applicable
to scenarios
that require
high
bandwidth.
● The
AP8050DN-S
is an 802.11ac
Wave 2
product that

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 17


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

can provide
high access
capacity and
Bluetooth
location with
the built-in
Bluetooth
module.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 18


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Outdoor ● AP The AP8050TN- ● AP8182DN Use small-


spectato 80 HD, AP8182DN, : 27012565 angle
r stand 50 AP8150DN, and Outdoor antennas to
TN AP8130DN are 2.4 GHz & control the
- 802.11ac 5 GHz coverage
HD products that Dual- range,
● AP can be Polarized therefore
81 configured with Directional reducing
82 wider channels, Antenna interference to
DN and are (H35 V35 APs at the
applicable to G12 and same site.
● AP scenarios that H26 V26
81 require high G11)
50 bandwidth.
DN ● AP8182DN
The AP8150DN, : 27012566
● AP AP8182DN, and Outdoor
81 AP8130DN 2.4 GHz &
30 support dual 5 5 GHz
DN GHz radios. Dual-
NOTE Polarized
The AP8050TN- Directional
HD is not Antenna
recommended in (H32 V32
countries that
G13 and
comply with the
EU restriction of H15 V15
20 dBm EIRP at G17)
2.4 GHz and 23 ● 2.4 GHz:
dBm EIRP at 5
27012544
GHz.
Outdoor
2.4 GHz
Dual-
Polarized
Directional
Antenna
(H18 V18
G18)
● 5 GHz:
27010890
Outdoor 5
GHz Dual-
Polarized
Directional

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 19


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Antenna
(H15 V15
G19)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 20


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Dock ● AP ● The ● 27011668 Select


80 AP8030DN Outdoor directional
50 and 2.4 GHz antennas with
DN AP8050DN and 5 GHz proper
● AP have built-in Single- radiation
81 2.4 GHz or 5 Polarized angles
50 GHz Omnidirec according to
DN directional tional the coverage
antennas. Antenna area,
● AP Therefore, if (H360 V33 landscaping,
80 the coverage G4 and obstacles, and
50 angle allows, H360 V22 AP installation
DN use the G7) height.
-S AP8030DN ● Other
● AP and types of
80 AP8050DN, directional
30 which require antennas
DN low matching
● AP construction the AP
81 costs and (For
30 simplify cable details, see
DN layout. Mapping
● The Between
AP8130DN APs and
and Antennas.
AP8150DN )
are 802.11ac
products that
can be
configured
with wider
channels, and
are applicable
to scenarios
that require
high
bandwidth.
● The
AP8050DN-S
is an 802.11ac
Wave 2
product that

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 21


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

can provide
high access
capacity and
Bluetooth
location with
the built-in
Bluetooth
module.

Customs ● AP The AP8030DN ● 27011668 Select


checkpo 80 and AP8050DN Outdoor directional
st 50 have built-in 2.4 2.4 GHz antennas with
DN GHz or 5 GHz and 5 GHz proper
● AP directional Single- radiation
81 antennas. Polarized angles
50 Therefore, if the Omnidirec according to
DN coverage angle tional the coverage
allows, use the Antenna area,
● AP AP8030DN and (H360 V33 landscaping,
80 AP8050DN, G4 and obstacles, and
30 which require H360 V22 AP installation
DN low construction G7) height.
● AP costs and ● Other
81 simplify cable types of
30 layout. directional
DN antennas
matching
the AP
(For
details, see
Mapping
Between
APs and
Antennas.
)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 22


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Customs ● AP The AP8030DN ● 27011668 Select


inspectio 80 and AP8050DN Outdoor directional
n site 50 have built-in 2.4 2.4 GHz antennas with
DN GHz or 5 GHz and 5 GHz proper
● AP directional Single- radiation
81 antennas. Polarized angles
50 Therefore, if the Omnidirec according to
DN coverage angle tional the coverage
allows, use the Antenna area,
● AP AP8030DN and (H360 V33 landscaping,
80 AP8050DN, G4 and obstacles, and
30 which require H360 V22 AP installation
DN low construction G7) height.
● AP costs and ● Other
81 simplify cable types of
30 layout. directional
DN antennas
matching
the AP
(For
details, see
Mapping
Between
APs and
Antennas.
)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 23


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Transpor ● AP The AP8030DN ● 27011668 Select


tation 80 and AP8050DN Outdoor directional
hub and 50 have built-in 2.4 2.4 GHz antennas with
coach DN GHz or 5 GHz and 5 GHz proper
station ● AP directional Single- radiation
81 antennas. Polarized angles
50 Therefore, if the Omnidirec according to
DN coverage angle tional the coverage
allows, use the Antenna area,
● AP AP8030DN and (H360 V33 landscaping,
80 AP8050DN, G4 and obstacles, and
30 which require H360 V22 AP installation
DN low construction G7) height.
● AP costs and ● Other
81 simplify cable types of
30 layout. directional
DN antennas
matching
the AP
(For
details, see
Mapping
Between
APs and
Antennas.
)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 24


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Ordinary ● AP The AP8030DN 27012134 Use 60-degree


road 80 and AP8050DN Indoor and antennas or
50 have built-in 2.4 Outdoor 2.4 high-gain
DN GHz or 5 GHz GHz & 5 GHz antennas
● AP directional Dual- according to
81 antennas. Polarized the road
50 Therefore, if the Directional width.
DN coverage angle Antenna
allows, use the (H33 V33
● AP AP8030DN and G13 and H33
80 AP8050DN, V33 G13)
30 which require
DN low construction
● AP costs and
81 simplify cable
30 layout.
DN

Pedestri ● AP The AP8030DN 27012134 Use 60-degree


an street 80 and AP8050DN Indoor and antennas or
50 have built-in 2.4 Outdoor 2.4 high-gain
DN GHz or 5 GHz GHz and 5 antennas
● AP directional GHz Dual- according to
81 antennas. Polarized the road
50 Therefore, if the Directional width.
DN coverage angle Antenna
allows, use the (H33 V33
● AP AP8030DN and G13 and H33
80 AP8050DN, V33 G13)
30 which require
DN low construction
● AP costs and
81 simplify cable
30 layout.
DN

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 25


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Depot ● AP The AP8030DN 27012134 Use 60-degree


80 and AP8050DN Indoor and antennas or
50 have built-in 2.4 Outdoor 2.4 high-gain
DN GHz or 5 GHz GHz and 5 antennas
● AP directional GHz Dual- according to
81 antennas. Polarized the road
50 Therefore, if the Directional width.
DN coverage angle Antenna
allows, use the (H33 V33
● AP AP8030DN and G13 and H33
80 AP8050DN, V33 G13)
30 which require
DN low construction
● AP costs and
81 simplify cable
30 layout.
DN

Indoor Wireless ● AP The AP6050DN is - -


coverag office 60 an 802.11ac
e (2.4 50 Wave 2 AP
GHz DN supporting 4x4
and 5 ● AP MU-MIMO, the
GHz) 40 AP4050DN is an
50 802.11ac Wave 2
DN AP supporting
2x2 MU-MIMO,
● AP while the
50 AP5030DN is an
30 802.11ac AP with
DN three spatial
streams. You are
advised to select
an AP as
required.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 26


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

School ● AD The R230D and - -


dormitor 94 R240D comply
y 30 with 802.11ac
DN and have two
-12 spatial streams,
+ while the R250D,
R2 R250D-E, R450D,
30 and AP2050DN
D/ comply with
R2 802.11ac Wave 2
40 and have two
D/ spatial streams.
R2 Use an agile
50 distributed or
D wall plate AP
● AD according to
94 your service
30 requirements.
DN
-24
+
R2
30
D/
R2
40
D/
R2
50
D/
R2
50
D-
E/
R4
50
D
● AD
94
31
DN
-24

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 27


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

X+
R2
30
D/
R2
40
D/
R2
50
D/
R2
50
D-
E/
R4
50
D
● AP
20
50
DN

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 28


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

E- ● AP The AP6050DN is - -
Schoolb 60 an 802.11ac
ag 50 Wave 2 AP
DN supporting 4x4
● AP MU-MIMO, the
40 AP4050DN is an
50 802.11ac Wave 2
DN AP supporting
2x2 MU-MIMO,
● AP while the
50 AP5030DN is an
30 802.11ac AP with
DN three spatial
● AP streams. You are
40 advised to select
51 an AP as
TN required.
The AP4051TN is
recommended
when the
concurrent
access rate is
high.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 29


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Lecture ● AP The AP6050DN is - -


hall 60 an 802.11ac
50 Wave 2 AP
DN supporting 4x4
● AP MU-MIMO, the
40 AP4050DN is an
50 802.11ac Wave 2
DN AP supporting
2x2 MU-MIMO,
● AP while the
50 AP5030DN is an
30 802.11ac AP with
DN three spatial
● AP streams. You are
40 advised to select
51 an AP as
TN required.
The AP4051TN is
recommended
when the
concurrent
access rate is
high.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 30


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Hotel ● AD The R230D and - -


guest 94 R240D comply
rooms 30 with 802.11ac
(five- DN and have two
star -12 spatial streams,
hotel, + while the R250D,
express R2 R250D-E, R450D,
hotel) 30 and AP2050DN
D/ comply with
R2 802.11ac Wave 2
40 and have two
D/ spatial streams.
R2 Use an agile
50 distributed or
D wall plate AP
● AD according to
94 your service
30 requirements.
DN
-24
+
R2
30
D/
R2
40
D/
R2
50
D/
R2
50
D-
E/
R4
50
D
● AD
94
31
DN
-24

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 31


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

X+
R2
30
D/
R2
40
D/
R2
50
D/
R2
50
D-
E/
R4
50
D
● AP
20
50
DN

Factory ● AP The AP6150DN is - -


and 41 an 802.11ac
warehou 51 Wave 2 AP
se DN supporting 4x4
● AP MU-MIMO. The
61 AP4151DN is an
50 802.11ac Wave 2
DN AP supporting
2x2 MU-MIMO.

Elevator ● AP The AP9131DN 27012045 -


91 and AP9132DN Vehicle-
31 support 3x3 Mounted 2.4
DN MIMO and can GHz & 5 GHz
● AP connect to Dual-
91 external Polarized
32 directional Directional
DN antennas. Antenna
(H75 V65
G5.5 & H80
V40 G6)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 32


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Elevator ● AP The AP9131DN is ● AP9131DN -


car 91 recommended : 27012140
backhau 31 above an Rail
l DN elevator car. Transporta
● AP The AP8150DN, tion 5 GHz
81 AP8130DN, Dual-
50 AP8050DN, or Polarized
DN AP8030DN is Directional
recommended at Antenna
● AP (H33 V33
80 the top of an
elevator shaft. G13)
50
DN ● AP8130DN
and
● AP AP8150DN
81 : 27010890
30 Outdoor 5
DN GHz Dual-
● AP Polarized
80 Directional
30 Antenna
DN (H15 V15
G19)
● AP8130DN
and
AP8150DN
: 27010906
Outdoor 5
GHz Dual-
Polarized
Directional
Antenna
(H32 V32
G14)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 33


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Stairs ● AP The AP6050DN is - -


60 an 802.11ac
50 Wave 2 AP
DN supporting 4x4
● AP MU-MIMO. The
40 AP4050DN is an
50 802.11ac Wave 2
DN AP supporting
2x2 MU-MIMO.
● AP The AP5030DN is
50 an 802.11ac AP
30 with three
DN spatial streams.
● AD The AP2050DN is
94 an 802.11ac
30 Wave 2 AP with
DN two spatial
-12 streams. Use an
/ indoor
AD distributed or
94 wall plate AP
30 according to
DN your service
-24 requirements.
/
AD
94
31
DN
-24
X
● AP
20
30
DN
● AP
20
50
DN

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 34


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Stand in ● AP The AP8130DN is ● AP8182DN -


indoor 80 an 802.11ac AP : 27012565
stadium 50 with three Outdoor
s TN spatial streams. 2.4 GHz &
- The AP4050DN- 5 GHz
HD HD is an Dual-
● AP 802.11ac Wave 2 Polarized
81 AP with two Directional
82 spatial streams. Antenna
DN (H35 V35
The AP8150DN- G12 and
● AP HD, AP8182DN, H26 V26
81 and AP8130DN G11)
30 support dual 5
DN GHz radios. ● AP8182DN
: 27012566
● AP NOTE
Outdoor
40 The AP8050TN-
HD and 2.4 GHz &
50 5 GHz
AP4050DN-HD
DN are not Dual-
- recommended in Polarized
HD countries that Directional
comply with the
EU restriction of
Antenna
20 dBm EIRP at (H32 V32
2.4 GHz and 23 G13 and
dBm EIRP at 5 H15 V15
GHz. G17)
● AP8130DN
: 27011145
Outdoor 5
GHz Dual-
Polarized
Directional
Antenna
(H15 V15
G19)
● AP8130DN
: 27012544
Outdoor
2.4 GHz
Dual-
Polarized
Directional

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 35


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Antenna
(H18 V18
G18)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 36


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Box in ● AD The R230D/ - -


indoor 94 R240D is an
stadium 30 802.11ac RU
s DN with two spatial
-12 streams while
+ the R250D/
R2 R250D-E/R450D
30 is an 802.11ac
D/ Wave 2 RU with
R2 two spatial
40 streams. The
D/ AP2050DN is an
R2 802.11ac Wave 2
50 AP with two
D spatial streams.
● AD
94
30
DN
-24
+
R2
30
D/
R2
40
D/
R2
50
D/
R2
50
D-
E/
R4
50
D
● AD
94
31
DN
-24

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 37


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

X+
R2
30
D/
R2
40
D/
R2
50
D/
R2
50
D-
E/
R4
50
D
● AP
20
50
DN

Large ● AP The AP6050DN is - -


shoppin 60 an 802.11ac
g mall 50 Wave 2 AP
and DN supporting 4x4
superma ● AP MU-MIMO, the
rket 40 AP4050DN is an
50 802.11ac Wave 2
DN AP supporting
2x2 MU-MIMO,
● AP while the
50 AP5030DN is an
30 802.11ac AP with
DN three spatial
streams. You are
advised to select
an AP as
required.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 38


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

School ● AP The AP6050DN is - -


canteen 60 an 802.11ac
50 Wave 2 AP
DN supporting 4x4
● AP MU-MIMO, the
40 AP4050DN is an
50 802.11ac Wave 2
DN AP supporting
2x2 MU-MIMO,
● AP while the
50 AP5030DN is an
30 802.11ac AP with
DN three spatial
● AP streams. You are
40 advised to select
51 an AP as
TN required.
The AP4051TN is
recommended
when the
concurrent
access rate is
high.

Govern ● AP The AP6050DN is - -


ment or 60 an 802.11ac
financial 50 Wave 2 AP
office DN supporting 4x4
hall ● AP MU-MIMO, the
40 AP4050DN is an
50 802.11ac Wave 2
DN AP supporting
2x2 MU-MIMO,
● AP while the
50 AP5030DN is an
30 802.11ac AP with
DN three spatial
streams. You are
advised to select
an AP as
required.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 39


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Airport ● AP Use the - -


60 AP6050DN in
50 ceiling mounting
DN scenarios and
● AP the AP6150DN in
61 wall mounting
50 scenarios.
DN NOTE
The AP4050DN-
● AP HD is not
40 recommended in
50 countries that
DN comply with the
- EU restriction of
20 dBm EIRP at
HD
2.4 GHz and 23
dBm EIRP at 5
GHz.

Shoppin ● AP The AP6050DN is - -


g malls 60 an 802.11ac
and 50 Wave 2 AP
stores DN supporting 4x4
● AP MU-MIMO, the
40 AP4050DN is an
50 802.11ac Wave 2
DN AP supporting
2x2 MU-MIMO,
● AP while the
50 AP5030DN is an
30 802.11ac AP with
DN three spatial
streams. You are
advised to select
an AP as
required.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 40


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Hospital ● AD The R230D and - -


ward 94 R240D comply
30 with 802.11ac
DN and have two
-12 spatial streams,
+ while the R250D,
R2 R250D-E, R450D,
30 and AP2050DN
D/ comply with
R2 802.11ac Wave 2
40 and have two
D/ spatial streams.
R2 Use an agile
50 distributed or
D wall plate AP
● AD according to
94 your service
30 requirements.
DN
-24
+
R2
30
D/
R2
40
D/
R2
50
D/
R2
50
D-
E/
R4
50
D
● AD
94
31
DN
-24

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 41


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

X+
R2
30
D/
R2
40
D/
R2
50
D/
R2
50
D-
E/
R4
50
D
● AP
20
50
DN

Semi- ● AP The AP6050DN is - -


open 60 an 802.11ac
public 50 Wave 2 AP
area in DN supporting 4x4
hospitals ● AP MU-MIMO, the
40 AP4050DN is an
50 802.11ac Wave 2
DN AP supporting
2x2 MU-MIMO,
● AP while the
50 AP5030DN is an
30 802.11ac AP with
DN three spatial
streams. You are
advised to select
an AP as
required.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 42


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Rail Train- ● Fro ● The ● Front and These types of


transpo ground nt AP8130DN is rear of a antennas are
rtation backhau an designed for train: applicable to
l (5G) d rail 27012140 this scenario.
rea transportation Rail
r scenarios, has Transporta
of a high IP tion 5 GHz
a rating, and Dual-
trai complies with Polarized
n: railway Directional
AP equipment Antenna
91 regulations in (H33 V33
31 terms of G13)
DN performance ● Trackside
an and wall
d environment mounting:
AP adaptation. Yagi
91 ● The antenna
32 AP9131DN 27012046
DN has three Rail
● Be 2.4G/5G radio Transporta
sid interfaces for tion 5 GHz
e backhaul or Dual-
the coverage. The Polarized
rail AP9132DN Directional
: has three Antenna
AP 2.4G/5G radio (H30 V30
81 interfaces and G14)
30 three 2.4G ● Trackside
DN radio pole
interfaces, mounting:
which can be 27011618
simultaneousl Rail
y used for 5G Transporta
backhaul and tion 5 GHz
2.4G Dual-
coverage. The Polarized
AP9131DN Directional
and Antenna
AP9132DN (H30 V30
are purpose- G14)
built for rail

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 43


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

transportation
scenarios and
comply with
anti-vibration
requirements
of related
railway
authorities.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 44


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Train ● AP The two types of ● Bridging: These types of


compart 91 APs are purpose- 27012050 antennas are
ment 31 built for rail Vehicle- applicable
(2.4 GHz DN transportation Mounted 5 only to this
and 5 ● AP scenarios and GHz Dual- scenario.
GHz) 91 comply with Polarized
32 anti-vibration Directional
DN requirements of Antenna
related railway (H70 V35
authorities. G9)
● The ● Compartm
AP9131DN ent
can transmit coverage:
2.4 GHz and 5 27012045
GHz signals Vehicle-
simultaneousl Mounted
y on a radio 2.4 GHz &
interface and 5 GHz
uses both Dual-
radios for Polarized
compartment Directional
coverage. Antenna
● The (H75 V65
AP9132DN G5.5 &
can transmit H80 V40
only 2.4 GHz G6)
or 5 GHz ● Distribute
signals on a d
radio coverage:
interface, and 27012075
uses the 5 Vehicle-
GHz radio for Mounted
compartment 2.4 GHz &
bridging and 5 GHz
2.4 GHz radio Single-
for Polarized
compartment Directional
coverage, or Antenna
for dual-band (H80 V40
compartment G4 & H80
coverage. V40 G6)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 45


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Outdoor AP80 Use the same ● 27011668 Select


station 50DN APs as the Outdoor directional
platform AP80 common 2.4 GHz antennas with
(2.4 GHz 30DN outdoor and 5 GHz proper
and 5 scenarios. The Single- radiation
GHz) AP81 AP8050DN and Polarized angles
50DN AP8030DN are Omnidirec according to
AP81 preferentially tional the coverage
30DN recommended. Antenna area,
(H360 V33 landscaping,
G4 and obstacles, and
H360 V22 AP installation
G7) height.
● Other
types of
directional
antennas
matching
the AP
(For
details, see
Mapping
Between
APs and
Antennas.
)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 46


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

Scenari Subscen Reco AP Selection Recommend External


o ario mme Policy ed Antenna Antenna
nded Model Selection
AP (Only for Policy
Mode APs Using (Only for APs
l External Using
Antennas) External
Antennas)

Indoor ● AP Use the same - -


station 60 APs as the
platform 50 common indoor
(2.4 GHz DN scenarios.
and 5 ● AP The AP6050DN is
GHz) 40 an 802.11ac
50 Wave 2 AP
DN supporting 4x4
● AP MU-MIMO, the
50 AP4050DN is an
30 802.11ac Wave 2
DN AP supporting
2x2 MU-MIMO,
while the
AP5030DN is an
802.11ac AP with
three spatial
streams. You are
advised to select
an AP as
required.

Mapping Between APs and Antennas


Table 3-3 lists mapping between APs and antennas involved in this manual.

Table 3-3 Mapping between APs and antennas


AP Model Matching Antenna Model

AP6150DN ● 27012545 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Linear-Polarized


Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V110 G4 and H360 V110
G5)

AP6310SN ● 27010209 Indoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized Directional


Antenna (H88 V47 G7)
● 27010210 Indoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized Omnidirectional
Antenna (H360 V45 G3)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 47


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

AP Model Matching Antenna Model

AP6510DN/ ● 27010215 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized Omnidirectional


AP6610DN Antenna (H360 V9 G11)
● 27010812 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H60 V30 G12)
● 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H60 V30 G11.5)
● 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H15 V15 G19)
● 27010898 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H60 V7 G16.5)
● 27010902 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H120 V6 G14.5)
● 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H30 V30 G14)
● 27010906 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H32 V32 G14)
● 27010912 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H100 V5.5 G16)
● 27010913 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized Omnidirectional
Antenna (H360 V11.5 G8)
● 27011016 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H9 V9 G23)
● 27011332 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized Omnidirectional
Antenna (H360 V32 G3)
● 27011333 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized Omnidirectional
Antenna (H360 V20 G5)
● 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

AP7152DN ● 27012545 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Linear-Polarized


Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V110 G4 and H360 V110
G5)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 48


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

AP Model Matching Antenna Model

AP8130DN ● 27010215 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized Omnidirectional


Antenna (H360 V9 G11)
● 27010812 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H60 V30 G12)
● 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H60 V30 G11.5)
● 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H15 V15 G19)
● 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H30 V30 G14)
● 27010906 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H32 V32 G14)
● 27011145 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H15 V15 G19)
● 27011618 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)
● 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)
● 27011668 Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V33 G4 and H360 V22 G7)
● 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Dual-
Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13 and H33 V33
G13)
● 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)
● 27012046 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)
● 27012048 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)
● 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

AP8130DN-W ● 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional


Antenna (H60 V30 G11.5)
● 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 49


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

AP Model Matching Antenna Model

AP8150DN ● 27010215 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized Omnidirectional


Antenna (H360 V9 G11)
● 27010812 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H60 V30 G12)
● 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H60 V30 G11.5)
● 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H15 V15 G19)
● 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H30 V30 G14)
● 27010906 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H32 V32 G14)
● 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)
● 27011668 Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V33 G4 and H360 V22 G7)
● 27012048 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)
● 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

AP8182DN ● 27011668 Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Single-Polarized


Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V33 G4 and H360 V22 G7)
● 27012565 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12 and H26 V26 G11)
● 27012566 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G13 and H15 V15 G17)

AP9130DN ● 27011618 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-Polarized


Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)
● 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)
● 27012046 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)
● 27012048 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 50


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 3 Selection Policy

AP Model Matching Antenna Model

AP9131DN ● 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional


Antenna (H30 V30 G14)
● 27011618 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)
● 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)
● 27012045 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H75 V65 G5.5 & H80 V40 G6)
● 27012046 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)
● 27012048 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)
● 27012075 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Single-
Polarized Directional Antenna (H80 V40 G4 & H80 V40 G6)
● 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

AP9132DN ● 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional


Antenna (H30 V30 G14)
● 27011618 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)
● 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)
● 27012045 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H75 V65 G5.5 & H80 V40 G6)
● 27012046 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)
● 27012048 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)
● 27012050 Vehicle-Mounted 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H70 V35 G9)
● 27012075 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Single-
Polarized Directional Antenna (H80 V40 G4 & H80 V40 G6)
● 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

AP9330DN 27011792 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional


Antenna (H75 V55 G4 and H75 V50 G6)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 51


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 4 Safety Precautions

4 Safety Precautions

About This Chapter

4.1 General Safety Precautions


4.2 Electrical Safety Precautions
4.3 Working at Heights

4.1 General Safety Precautions


This section describes safety precautions that instruct you to select measuring and
testing instruments when you install, operate, and maintain Huawei equipment.

All Safety Precautions


To ensure human safety and equipment safety, comply with all the safety
precautions marked on the equipment and instructed in this document.

WARNING, CAUTION, and DANGER items in this document do not cover all the
safety cautions and are only supplementary to the safety cautions.

Local Laws and Regulations


When operating a device, abide by local laws and regulations. The safety
precautions instructed in the document are supplementary to the local laws and
regulations.

Basic Installation Requirements


Only trained and qualified personnel are allowed to install or maintain Huawei
equipment. Familiarize yourself with all safety precautions before performing any
operation on the equipment.

● Only the trained and qualified personnel are permitted to install, operate, and
maintain Huawei equipment.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 52


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 4 Safety Precautions

● Only the qualified personnel are permitted to dismantle safety appliances and
repair Huawei equipment.
● Only the personnel certified or authorized by Huawei are permitted to replace
or change Huawei equipment or parts of Huawei equipment (including
software).
● The operating personnel must immediately report the faults or errors that
may cause safety problems to the person in charge.

Grounding Requirements
Equipment that needs to be grounded must meet the following requirements:

● When installing the equipment, ground the equipment before any operations
and remove the ground cable only after you remove all the other components
and cables from the equipment.
● Ensure that the ground conductor is intact.
● Do not operate the equipment in the absence of a suitably installed ground
conductor.
● The equipment must be connected to the PGND permanently. Before
operating the equipment, check the electrical connections of the equipment
and ensure that the equipment is properly grounded.

Personal Safety
● Do not operate the equipment and cables in a thunderstorm.
● To avoid electric shocks, do not connect safety extra-low voltage (SELV)
circuits to telecommunication network voltage (TNV) circuits.
● Invisible laser beams will cause eye damage. Do not look into bores of optical
modules or connectors of optical fibers without eye protection.
● Before performing any operation on the equipment, wear ESD clothing and
ESD gloves or an ESD wrist strap. Remove conductive objects like jewelry and
watches to avoid electric shock or burn.
● In case of fire, immediately leave the building or equipment deployment site
and press the fire alarm button or call the fire department. Never enter the
building on fire again in any situation.

Equipment Safety
● Before any operation, install the equipment firmly on the ground or other
rigid objects, such as on a wall or in a rack.
● When the system is working, ensure that the ventilation hole is not blocked.
● When installing panels, use necessary tools to fasten the screws.
● After equipment installation is complete, clean up the packing materials.

4.2 Electrical Safety Precautions


This section describes safety precautions for high voltage, thunderstorms, high
leakage current, power cables, and fuses.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 53


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 4 Safety Precautions

High Voltage

● Direct contact with a high-voltage power source or indirect contact through


damp objects can be fatal.
● Misoperations on high-voltage facilities may result in fire, electric shock, or
other accidents.

High Leakage Current

To protect personal and equipment safety, ground the equipment before powering
it on.

If a high leakage current mark is labeled near the power connector of the
equipment, you must connect the PGND terminal on the shell to the ground
before connecting the equipment to an AC input power supply. This is to prevent
the electric shock caused by leakage current of the equipment.

Power Cable

Never install or remove the equipment or power cables while the power is on. The
electric arc or spark generated between a power cable and conductor may cause
fire or eye damage.

● Before installing or removing power cables, you must power off the
equipment.
● Before connecting a power cable, verify that the label on the power cable is
correct.

Fuses

If the fuse on the equipment is blown, replace the fuse with a fuse of the same
type and specifications to ensure safe operation of the equipment.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 54


WLAN
Antenna Quick Start 4 Safety Precautions

4.3 Working at Heights


This section describes safety precautions you need to take when working at
heights.

When working at heights, prevent objects from falling down.

The requirements for working at heights are as follows:


● The personnel who work at heights must be trained.
● Carry and handle the operating machines and tools with caution to prevent
them from falling down.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 55


WLAN 5 27010209 Indoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H88 V47 G7)

5
27010209 Indoor 2.4 GHz Single-
Polarized Directional Antenna (H88 V47 G7)

About This Chapter

5.1 27010209 Technical Specifications


5.2 27010209 Antenna Installation

5.1 27010209 Technical Specifications


The 27010209 directional antenna is named TDJ-SA800/2500-7-90 and applicable
to indoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 5-1 shows the appearance of the 27010209 antenna.

Figure 5-1 Appearance of the 27010209 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 56


WLAN 5 27010209 Indoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H88 V47 G7)

Technical Specifications
Table 5-1 lists technical specifications of the 27010209 antenna.

Table 5-1 Technical specifications of the 27010209 antenna


Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 824–960/1710–2500

Gain (dBi) 7

Coverage distance (m) 90

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 88

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 47

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤ 1.5

Polarization Vertical polarization

Connector N-female

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 44 x 210 x 180

Weight (g) 430

Mounting mode Wall mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 5-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27010209 antenna in the horizontal
and vertical directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 57


WLAN 5 27010209 Indoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H88 V47 G7)

Figure 5-2 Radiation pattern of the 27010209 antenna

5.2 27010209 Antenna Installation


The 27010209 antenna is an indoor directional antenna. It forms a major lobe in a
certain direction with high gains, while other directions have low gains. It applies
to scenarios that require small coverage angles but long coverage distances.
Typical scenarios include corridors in hospitals or airports.

5.2.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:
● Hammer drill (φ6 mm, for wall mounting)

● Rubber mallet (for wall mounting)

Other accessories:
● Mounting bracket: 1 set
● M4 expansion bolt: 4 sets

5.2.2 Wall Mounting


The 27010209 antenna can be mounted on a wall.
1. Drill four φ6 mm holes (35 mm deep) on the wall to install plastic expansion
tubes that will support expansion bolts. The relative position of the four holes

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 58


WLAN 5 27010209 Indoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H88 V47 G7)

must exactly match with that of the four holes on the antenna mounting
bracket.

2. Fix the antenna support to the wall using expansion bolts.


3. Insert the clamp mounting part on the bottom plate of the antenna to the
hook on the mounting bracket.

5.2.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Deployment Requirements
● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 59


WLAN 5 27010209 Indoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H88 V47 G7)

● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
Connect the RF cables directly to the antenna interfaces.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Table 5-2 Coaxial cables and connectors


Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance
Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 60


WLAN 5 27010209 Indoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H88 V47 G7)

1. Peel the cable.


2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 61


WLAN 6 27010210 Indoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V45 G3)

6
27010210 Indoor 2.4 GHz Single-
Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360
V45 G3)

About This Chapter

6.1 27010210 Technical Specifications


6.2 27010210 Antenna Installation

6.1 27010210 Technical Specifications


The 27010210 omnidirectional antenna is named TQJ-SA800/2500-3 and
applicable to indoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 6-1 shows the appearance of the 27010210 antenna.

Figure 6-1 Appearance of the 27010210 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 62


WLAN 6 27010210 Indoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V45 G3)

Technical Specifications
Table 6-1 lists technical specifications of the 27010210 antenna.

Table 6-1 Technical specifications of the 27010210 antenna


Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 824–960/1710–2500

Gain (dBi) 3

Coverage distance (m) 60

Horizontal lobe width 360


(degrees)

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 45

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤ 1.5

Polarization Vertical polarization

Connector N-female

Dimensions (mm) Φ186 x 85

Weight (g) 275

Mounting mode Ceiling mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 6-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27010210 antenna in the horizontal
and vertical directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 63


WLAN 6 27010210 Indoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V45 G3)

Figure 6-2 Radiation pattern of the 27010210 antenna

6.2 27010210 Antenna Installation


The 27010210 antenna is an indoor omnidirectional antenna. The antenna is best
applied to indoor omnidirectional coverage scenarios, such as open office areas,
meeting rooms, and lecture halls.

6.2.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:
● Open-end wrench
● Hammer drill (used to drill holes in ceilings)

Other accessories:
● Nut: 1 PCS

6.2.2 Ceiling Mounting


The 27010210 antenna can be mounted on a ceiling.
1. Drill one φ33 mm - φ35 mm hole into the ceiling.
2. Insert the antenna into the hole and secure it using the nut.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 64


WLAN 6 27010210 Indoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V45 G3)

● The size of the hole in the ceiling must be slightly greater than that of the flange on the
antenna connector and the bottom plate of the antenna must be flattened against the
ceiling. Otherwise, electrical performance of the antenna will be affected.
● To achieve the optimal coverage effect, it is recommended that you install the
omnidirectional antenna 3 to 5 meters above ground.

6.2.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Deployment Requirements
● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
Connect the RF cables directly to the antenna interfaces.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 65


WLAN 6 27010210 Indoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V45 G3)

Table 6-2 Coaxial cables and connectors


Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance
Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 66


WLAN 6 27010210 Indoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V45 G3)

1. Peel the cable.


2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 67


WLAN 7 27010215 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V9 G11)

7
27010215 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-
Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V9
G11)

About This Chapter

7.1 27010215 Technical Specifications


7.2 27010215 Installation Precautions
7.3 27010215 Antenna Installation

7.1 27010215 Technical Specifications


The 27010215 omnidirectional antenna is named TQJ-2400-11-T2 and applicable
to outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 7-1 shows the appearance of the 27010215 omnidirectional antenna.

Figure 7-1 Appearance of the 27010215 omnidirectional antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 68


WLAN 7 27010215 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V9 G11)

Technical Specifications
Table 7-1 lists technical specifications of the 27010215 omnidirectional antenna.

Table 7-1 Technical specifications of the 27010215 omnidirectional antenna

Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500

Gain (dBi) 11

Coverage distance (m) 130

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 360

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 9

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤ 1.4

Polarization Vertical polarization

Connector N-female

Dimensions (mm) Length < 1100

Weight (kg) 0.976

Support pole diameter (mm) φ35–φ50

Mounting mode Pole mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● The coverage distance is a reference value in certain conditions. Plan an appropriate
distance value according to planning experience, local standards, and onsite
environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 7-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27010215 directional antenna in the
horizontal and vertical directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 69


WLAN 7 27010215 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V9 G11)

Figure 7-2 Radiation pattern of the 27010215 directional antenna

7.2 27010215 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:
● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 70


WLAN 7 27010215 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V9 G11)

Figure 7-3 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 7-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Table 7-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 71


WLAN 7 27010215 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V9 G11)

7.3 27010215 Antenna Installation


The 27010215 antenna is an outdoor omnidirectional antenna. It is connected to
an AP using a power cable and mounted on a pole. The antenna is best applied to
outdoor omnidirectional coverage scenarios, such as squares and parks.

7.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:
● 1 x 16 mm combination wrench

Pole
● 1 x pole with a diameter of φ35 mm to φ50 mm
Antenna support assembly:
● U-type bolt: 1 PCS

● M10 nut, M10 spring washer, and M10 flat washer: 2 sets

7.3.2 Pole Mounting


The 27010215 antenna is mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 72


WLAN 7 27010215 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V9 G11)

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

NOTICE

To prevent water in the antenna from degrading the signal quality, keep the
antenna vertical and do not allow the condensation drain hole to clog.

Fixing the Antenna to the Pole


Carry out the following steps:
1. Thread the U-type bolt through the bolt holes at the bottom of the antenna
and fix the nuts, spring washers, and flat washers on both ends of the U-type
bolt (not tightly), as shown in Figure 7-4 and Figure 7-5.

Figure 7-4 Bolt holes at the bottom of the antenna

Figure 7-5 Fixing the antenna to the pole

2. Align the clamp with the top surface of the pole, as shown in Figure 7-6.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 73


WLAN 7 27010215 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V9 G11)

Figure 7-6 Aligning the top surface of the pole

3. Fasten all nuts, as shown in Figure 7-7. The recommended torque is 40 N·m
for M10 nuts.

Figure 7-7 Fastening nuts

Precautions
Take note of the following points when installing an outdoor omnidirectional
antenna:
1. After the installation is complete, the antenna must be high enough to satisfy
signal coverage demands, and the top of the antenna must not exceed the
45-degree protection range of the lightning rod.
2. Do not weld a lightning rod directly to the omnidirectional antenna pole, as
there should be no metal objects within 1 m of an omnidirectional antenna.
Instead, install an independent lightning rod between two omnidirectional
antenna poles. Adjust the height of the lightning rod to ensure that the
antennas are covered in the protection angle.
3. It is recommended that the distance between two omnidirectional antennas
be at least 0.5 m.
Figure 7-8 shows installation of an outdoor omnidirectional antenna.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 74


WLAN 7 27010215 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V9 G11)

Figure 7-8 Installing an outdoor omnidirectional antenna

If antennas are installed on a pole made of metal, such as steel, you do not need to install
a lightning rod, as shown on the right in Figure 7-8.

7.3.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP and tighten the
connector to the interface.

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until it is 1/2
the width as before. With each layer of tape wrap the cable tightly and ensure
that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 75


WLAN 7 27010215 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V9 G11)

● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 76


WLAN 7 27010215 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V9 G11)

Table 7-3 Coaxial cables and connectors


Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance
Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 77


WLAN 7 27010215 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V9 G11)

1. Peel the cable.


2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 78


WLAN 8 27010219 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V7 G15.5)

8 27010219 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-


Polarized Directional Antenna (H120 V7
G15.5)

About This Chapter

8.1 27010219 Technical Specifications


8.2 27010219 Installation Precautions
8.3 27010219 Antenna Installation

8.1 27010219 Technical Specifications


The 27010219 directional antenna is named TDJ-SA2400-16-120 and applicable to
outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 8-1 shows the appearance of the 27010219 directional antenna.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 79


WLAN 8 27010219 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V7 G15.5)

Figure 8-1 Appearance of the 27010219 directional antenna

Technical Specifications
Table 8-1 lists technical specifications of the 27010219 directional antenna.

Table 8-1 Technical specifications of the 27010219 directional antenna


Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500

Gain (dBi) 15.5

Coverage distance (m) 200

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 120

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 7

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤ 1.5

Polarization Vertical polarization

Connector N-female

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 58 x 970 x 140

Weight (kg) 4.5

Support pole diameter (mm) φ45.5–φ75

Mounting mode Pole mounting

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 80


WLAN 8 27010219 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V7 G15.5)

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● The coverage distance is a reference value in certain conditions. Plan an appropriate
distance value according to planning experience, local standards, and onsite
environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 8-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27010219 directional antenna in the
horizontal and vertical directions.

Figure 8-2 Radiation pattern of the 27010219 directional antenna

8.2 27010219 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:

● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 81


WLAN 8 27010219 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V7 G15.5)

● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Figure 8-3 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 8-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 82


WLAN 8 27010219 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V7 G15.5)

Table 8-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

8.3 27010219 Antenna Installation


The 27010219 antenna is an outdoor 2.4 GHz directional antenna. To obtain a
better performance and wider coverage, the antenna should be installed at high
positions away from metal obstacles, for example, building tops, mountaintops,
and tower tops. Its transmit end should not be blocked by obstacles.

8.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:

● 2 x 13 mm open-end wrench

Pole

● 1 x pole with a diameter of φ46 mm to φ75 mm

Other accessories:

● Connection arm: 1 PCS


● Toothed clamp: 2 PCS
● M8x120 bolt, flat washer, and nut: 4 sets
● M6x16 bolt, flat washer, spring washer and nut: 8 sets

8.3.2 Pole Mounting


The 27010219 antenna is mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 83


WLAN 8 27010219 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V7 G15.5)

Fixing the Antenna to the Pole


Installation of the antenna

Carry out the following steps:


1. Loosen the nut between the upper and lower arms.
2. Secure the toothed clamps at the top mounting assembly to the pole.
a. Remove the bolts, nuts, spring washers, and flat washers from the
toothed clamps.
b. Place the toothed clamp connected to the antenna against the pole,
thread the bolts through the toothed clamp, put the other toothed clamp
on the bolts, and put back the flat washers, spring washers and nuts.
c. Tighten the nuts to secure the toothed clamps (not tightly).
3. Repeat step 2 to secure the toothed clamps at the bottom mounting assembly
to the pole.
4. Adjust the antenna until it is perfectly vertical (the adjustable angle is 0
degrees), adjust the toothed clamps, and then secure all the toothed clamps
to the pole. Set the desired antenna tilt angle and then tighten all nuts on the
top and bottom assemblies with a tightening torque of 18 N m.
5. Remove the protective cap from the antenna connector, connect the feeder
cable to the connector, and tighten the connector. Thoroughly wrap the cable
connector with waterproof tape. For details, see the section "Connecting RF
Cables."

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 84


WLAN 8 27010219 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V7 G15.5)

Installing the Pole and Lightning Rod


Carry out the following steps:

1. Weld the lightning rod to the top of the antenna pole.


2. Install the antenna pole on a parapet or concrete bed on the roof of the
building.
3. Use a 40 mm x 4 mm flat piece of steel to connect the antenna pole to an
earth mat.
4. Secure the outdoor directional antenna to the pole using an antenna support.
5. Keep the pole vertical during the installation.

Take note of the following points when installing an outdoor directional antenna:

● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of no less than 1.2 m


high, fix the pole on a parapet with expansion screws, and then fix the
outdoor directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of less than 1.2 m high,
fix one of the installation points of the pole on a parapet and the other
installation point to the roof with expansion screws, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna to the pole with an antenna support.
● If there are no parapets around the roof, fix the pole to the ground or a
concrete bed with expansion screws and steel wires, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.

Figure 8-4 illustrates how an outdoor directional antenna and a pole are installed.

Figure 8-4 Installing an outdoor directional antenna and a pole

The following figure shows the protection area of a lightning rod. The entire
antenna must be within the protection area.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 85


WLAN 8 27010219 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V7 G15.5)

If antennas are installed on a pole made of metal, such as steel, you do not need to install
a lightning rod, as shown on the right in the preceding figure.

Outdoor AP Installation Scenarios


Figure 8-5 shows outdoor AP installation scenarios. The distance between a 2.4
GHz antenna and a 5 GHz antenna must be more than 0.5 m.

Figure 8-5 Outdoor AP installation scenarios

The distance between two single-polarized antennas of the same AP should be


more than 0.5 m, and the two antennas should cover the same area, as shown in
Figure 8-6.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 86


WLAN 8 27010219 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V7 G15.5)

Figure 8-6 Installation of single-polarized antennas

8.3.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP and tighten the
connector to the interface.

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until it is 1/2
the width as before. With each layer of tape wrap the cable tightly and ensure
that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 87


WLAN 8 27010219 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V7 G15.5)

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 88


WLAN 8 27010219 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V7 G15.5)

Table 8-3 Coaxial cables and connectors


Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance
Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 89


WLAN 8 27010219 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V7 G15.5)

1. Peel the cable.


2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 90


WLAN 9 27010223 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H90 V7 G17)

9
27010223 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-
Polarized Directional Antenna (H90 V7 G17)

About This Chapter

9.1 27010223 Technical Specifications


9.2 27010223 Installation Precautions
9.3 27010223 Antenna Installation

9.1 27010223 Technical Specifications


The 27010223 directional antenna is named TDJ-SA2400-17-90 and applicable to
outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 9-1 shows the appearance of the 27010223 directional antenna.

Figure 9-1 Appearance of the 27010223 directional antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 91


WLAN 9 27010223 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H90 V7 G17)

Technical Specifications
Table 9-1 lists technical specifications of the 27010223 directional antenna.

Table 9-1 Technical specifications of the 27010223 directional antenna

Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500

Gain (dBi) 17

Coverage distance (m) 230

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 90

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 7

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤ 1.5

Polarization Vertical polarization

Connector N-female

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 58 x 970 x 140

Weight (kg) 5

Support pole diameter (mm) φ50–φ115

Mounting mode Pole mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● The coverage distance is a reference value in certain conditions. Plan an appropriate
distance value according to planning experience, local standards, and onsite
environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 9-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27010223 directional antenna in the
horizontal and vertical directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 92


WLAN 9 27010223 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H90 V7 G17)

Figure 9-2 Radiation pattern of the 27010223 directional antenna

9.2 27010223 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:
● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 93


WLAN 9 27010223 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H90 V7 G17)

Figure 9-3 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 9-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Table 9-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 94


WLAN 9 27010223 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H90 V7 G17)

9.3 27010223 Antenna Installation


The 27010223 antenna is an outdoor 2.4 GHz directional antenna. To obtain a
better performance and wider coverage, the antenna should be installed at high
positions away from metal obstacles, for example, building tops, mountaintops,
and tower tops. Its transmit end should not be blocked by obstacles.

9.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:
● 2 x 13 mm open-end wrench
Pole
● 1 x pole with a diameter of φ50 mm to φ115 mm
Other accessories:
● Connection arm: 1 PCS
● Toothed clamp: 2 PCS
● M8x120 bolt, flat washer, and nut: 4 sets
● M6x16 bolt, flat washer, spring washer and nut: 8 sets

9.3.2 Pole Mounting


The 27010223 antenna is mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

Fixing the Antenna to the Pole


Installation of the antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 95


WLAN 9 27010223 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H90 V7 G17)

Carry out the following steps:


1. Loosen the nut between the upper and lower arms.
2. Secure the toothed clamps at the top mounting assembly to the pole.
a. Remove the bolts, nuts, spring washers, and flat washers from the
toothed clamps.
b. Place the toothed clamp connected to the antenna against the pole,
thread the bolts through the toothed clamp, put the other toothed clamp
on the bolts, and put back the flat washers, spring washers and nuts.
c. Tighten the nuts to secure the toothed clamps (not tightly).
3. Repeat step 2 to secure the toothed clamps at the bottom mounting assembly
to the pole.
4. Adjust the antenna until it is perfectly vertical (the adjustable angle is 0
degrees), adjust the toothed clamps, and then secure all the toothed clamps
to the pole. Set the desired antenna tilt angle and then tighten all nuts on the
top and bottom assemblies with a tightening torque of 18 N m.
5. Remove the protective cap from the antenna connector, connect the feeder
cable to the connector, and tighten the connector. Thoroughly wrap the cable
connector with waterproof tape. For details, see the section "Connecting RF
Cables."

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 96


WLAN 9 27010223 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H90 V7 G17)

Installing the Pole and Lightning Rod


Carry out the following steps:

1. Weld the lightning rod to the top of the antenna pole.


2. Install the antenna pole on a parapet or concrete bed on the roof of the
building.
3. Use a 40 mm x 4 mm flat piece of steel to connect the antenna pole to an
earth mat.
4. Secure the outdoor directional antenna to the pole using an antenna support.
5. Keep the pole vertical during the installation.

Take note of the following points when installing an outdoor directional antenna:

● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of no less than 1.2 m


high, fix the pole on a parapet with expansion screws, and then fix the
outdoor directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of less than 1.2 m high,
fix one of the installation points of the pole on a parapet and the other
installation point to the roof with expansion screws, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna to the pole with an antenna support.
● If there are no parapets around the roof, fix the pole to the ground or a
concrete bed with expansion screws and steel wires, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.

Figure 9-4 illustrates how an outdoor directional antenna and a pole are installed.

Figure 9-4 Installing an outdoor directional antenna and a pole

The following figure shows the protection area of a lightning rod. The entire
antenna must be within the protection area.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 97


WLAN 9 27010223 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H90 V7 G17)

If antennas are installed on a pole made of metal, such as steel, you do not need to install
a lightning rod, as shown on the right in the preceding figure.

Outdoor AP Installation Scenarios


Figure 9-5 shows outdoor AP installation scenarios. The distance between a 2.4
GHz antenna and a 5 GHz antenna must be more than 0.5 m.

Figure 9-5 Outdoor AP installation scenarios

The distance between two single-polarized antennas of the same AP should be


more than 0.5 m, and the two antennas should cover the same area, as shown in
Figure 9-6.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 98


WLAN 9 27010223 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H90 V7 G17)

Figure 9-6 Installation of single-polarized antennas

9.3.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP and tighten the
connector to the interface.

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until it is 1/2
the width as before. With each layer of tape wrap the cable tightly and ensure
that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 99


WLAN 9 27010223 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H90 V7 G17)

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 100


WLAN 9 27010223 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H90 V7 G17)

Table 9-3 Coaxial cables and connectors


Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance
Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 101


WLAN 9 27010223 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H90 V7 G17)

1. Peel the cable.


2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 102


WLAN 10 27010812 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G12)

10 27010812 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-


Polarized Directional Antenna (H60 V30
G12)

About This Chapter

10.1 27010812 Technical Specifications


10.2 27010812 Installation Precautions
10.3 27010812 Antenna Installation

10.1 27010812 Technical Specifications


The 27010812 directional antenna is named ADU451100 and applicable to
outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 10-1 shows the appearance of the 27010812 directional antenna.

Figure 10-1 Appearance of the 27010812 directional antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 103


WLAN 10 27010812 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G12)

Technical Specifications
Table 10-1 lists technical specifications of the 27010812 directional antenna.

Table 10-1 Technical specifications of the 27010812 directional antenna

Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500

Gain (dBi) 12

Coverage distance (m) 150

Horizontal lobe width 60


(degrees)

Vertical lobe width 30


(degrees)

Standing wave ratio ≤ 1.45


(SWR)

Polarization Cross polarization

Connector 2 x N-female

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 60 x 250 x 155

Weight (kg) <1

Support pole diameter φ30–φ114


(mm)

Mounting mode Pole mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● The coverage distance is a reference value in certain conditions. Plan an appropriate
distance value according to planning experience, local standards, and onsite
environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 104


WLAN 10 27010812 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G12)

Antenna Pattern
Figure 10-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27010812 directional antenna in the
horizontal and vertical directions.

Figure 10-2 Radiation pattern of the 27010812 directional antenna

10.2 27010812 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:
● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 105


WLAN 10 27010812 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G12)

Figure 10-3 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 10-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Table 10-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 106


WLAN 10 27010812 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G12)

10.3 27010812 Antenna Installation


The 27010812 antenna is an outdoor dual-polarized antenna. It is connected to an
AP using a feeder cable and mounted on a pole to provide outdoor directional
coverage. The antenna is best applied to directional coverage scenarios, such as
squares, streets, and corridors.

10.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:
● 1 x 10 mm combination wrench

● 1 x inclinometer

Pole:
● 1 x pole with a diameter of φ30 mm to φ114 mm
Antenna support assembly:
● Installation bracket: 1 PCS

● Toothed clamp: 1 PCS

● U-type bolt: 1 PCS

● Nut

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 107


WLAN 10 27010812 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G12)

10.3.2 Pole Mounting


The 27010812 antenna is mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

Fixing the Antenna to the Pole


Carry out the following steps:

1. Fix the installation bracket to the antenna using the nut, spring washer, and
flat washer.

2. Secure the installation bracket, toothed clamp and U-type bolt on the pole.
Thread the U-type bolt through the fixing hole and graduated bracket and
then tighten screws, nuts, flat washers, and spring washers on both ends of
the U-type bolt (not tightly), as shown in the following figure.

3. Adjust the mechanical downtilt angle using one of the following two
methods.
– Method 1: Adjust the angle by sliding the U-type bolt along the bracket.
The pole must be kept vertical.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 108


WLAN 10 27010812 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G12)

– Method 2: Use the inclinometer to determine the antenna angle. Then,


move the antenna to adjust its angle until the bead in the inclinometer is
at the middle. This method provides precise measurements.

4. Finally, tighten all nuts. The recommended torque is 12 N m for M6 nuts.

If the required downtilt angle is fixed, you can thread the U-type bolt through the
fixing hole and graduated bracket and then tighten the nuts. The pole must be
kept vertical.

Installing the Pole and Lightning Rod


Carry out the following steps:

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 109


WLAN 10 27010812 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G12)

1. Weld the lightning rod to the top of the antenna pole.


2. Install the antenna pole on a parapet or concrete bed on the roof of the
building.
3. Use a 40 mm x 4 mm flat piece of steel to connect the antenna pole to an
earth mat.
4. Secure the outdoor directional antenna to the pole using an antenna support.
5. Keep the pole vertical during the installation.
Take note of the following points when installing an outdoor directional antenna:
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of no less than 1.2 m
high, fix the pole on a parapet with expansion screws, and then fix the
outdoor directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of less than 1.2 m high,
fix one of the installation points of the pole on a parapet and the other
installation point to the roof with expansion screws, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna to the pole with an antenna support.
● If there are no parapets around the roof, fix the pole to the ground or a
concrete bed with expansion screws and steel wires, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
Figure 10-4 illustrates how an outdoor directional antenna and a pole are
installed.

Figure 10-4 Installing an outdoor directional antenna and a pole

The following figure shows the protection area of a lightning rod. The entire
antenna must be within the protection area.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 110


WLAN 10 27010812 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G12)

If antennas are installed on a pole made of metal, such as steel, you do not need to install
a lightning rod, as shown on the right in the preceding figure.

Outdoor AP Installation Scenarios


Figure 10-5 shows outdoor AP installation scenarios. The distance between a 2.4
GHz antenna and a 5 GHz antenna must be more than 0.5 m.

Figure 10-5 Outdoor AP installation scenarios

10.3.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP and tighten the
connector to the interface. The requirements on connections between the AP's
radio interfaces and antenna feeder cables are as follows:

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 111


WLAN 10 27010812 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G12)

● The feeder interfaces of an antenna must be connected to radio interfaces A


and B of the same frequency band on an AP.
● The AP's radio interfaces working on the same frequency band (interface A
and interface B) must be connected to feeder interfaces of different
polarization directions.
The following figure shows the cable connections.

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until it is 1/2
the width as before. With each layer of tape wrap the cable tightly and ensure
that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 112


WLAN 10 27010812 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G12)

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Table 10-3 Coaxial cables and connectors


Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance
Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 113


WLAN 10 27010812 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G12)

Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance


Cable al
Conne
ctor

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 114


WLAN 10 27010812 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G12)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 115


WLAN 11 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G11.5)

11 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-


Polarized Directional Antenna (H60 V30
G11.5)

About This Chapter

11.1 27010889 Technical Specifications


11.2 27010889 Installation Precautions
11.3 27010889 Antenna Installation

11.1 27010889 Technical Specifications


The 27010889 directional antenna is named ASB115G00 and applicable to
outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 11-1 shows the appearance of the 27010889 directional antenna.

Figure 11-1 Appearance of the 27010889 directional antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 116


WLAN 11 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G11.5)

Technical Specifications
Table 11-1 lists technical specifications of the 27010889 directional antenna.

Table 11-1 Technical specifications of the 27010889 directional antenna

Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 11.5

Coverage distance (m) 110

Horizontal lobe width 60


(degrees)

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 30

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤ 1.8

Polarization Cross polarization

Connector 2 x N-female

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 230 x 145 x 55

Weight (kg) 1.300

Support pole diameter (mm) φ35–φ114

Mounting mode Pole mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheet.
● The coverage distance is a reference value in certain conditions. Plan an appropriate
distance value according to planning experience, local standards, and onsite
environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 11-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27010889 directional antenna in the
horizontal and vertical directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 117


WLAN 11 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G11.5)

Figure 11-2 Radiation pattern of the 27010889 directional antenna

11.2 27010889 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:
● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 118


WLAN 11 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G11.5)

Figure 11-3 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 11-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Table 11-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 119


WLAN 11 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G11.5)

11.3 27010889 Antenna Installation


The 27010889 antenna is an outdoor antenna. To obtain a better performance
and wider coverage, the antenna should be installed at high positions away from
metal obstacles, for example, building tops, mountaintops, and tower tops. Its
transmit end should not be blocked by obstacles.

In bridging scenarios, installation positions should not exceed wireless bridge


transmission distances.

11.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:

● 1 x 10 mm combination wrench

● 1 x inclinometer

Pole:

● 1 x pole with a diameter of φ35 mm to φ114 mm

Antenna support assembly:

● Installation bracket: 1 PCS

● Toothed clamp: 1 PCS

● U-type bolt: 1 PCS

● Nut

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 120


WLAN 11 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G11.5)

11.3.2 Pole mounting


The 27010889 antenna is mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

Fixing the Antenna to the Pole


Carry out the following steps:

1. Fix the installation bracket to the antenna using the nut, spring washer, and
flat washer.

2. Secure the installation bracket, toothed clamp and U-type bolt on the pole.
Thread the U-type bolt through the fixing hole and graduated bracket and
then tighten screws, nuts, flat washers, and spring washers on both ends of
the U-type bolt (not tightly), as shown in the following figure.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 121


WLAN 11 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G11.5)

3. Adjust the mechanical downtilt angle using one of the following two
methods.
– Method 1: Adjust the angle by sliding the U-type bolt along the bracket.
The pole must be kept vertical.
– Method 2: Use the inclinometer to determine the antenna angle. Then,
move the antenna to adjust its angle until the bead in the inclinometer is
at the middle. This method provides precise measurements.

4. Finally, tighten all nuts. The recommended torque is 12 N m for M6 nuts.

If the required downtilt angle is fixed, you can thread the U-type bolt through the
fixing hole and graduated bracket and then tighten the nuts. The pole must be
kept vertical.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 122


WLAN 11 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G11.5)

Installing the Pole and Lightning Rod


Carry out the following steps:

1. Weld the lightning rod to the top of the antenna pole.


2. Install the antenna pole on a parapet or concrete bed on the roof of the
building.
3. Use a 40 mm x 4 mm flat piece of steel to connect the antenna pole to an
earth mat.
4. Secure the outdoor directional antenna to the pole using an antenna support.
5. Keep the pole vertical during the installation.

Take note of the following points when installing an outdoor directional antenna:

● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of no less than 1.2 m


high, fix the pole on a parapet with expansion screws, and then fix the
outdoor directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of less than 1.2 m high,
fix one of the installation points of the pole on a parapet and the other
installation point to the roof with expansion screws, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna to the pole with an antenna support.
● If there are no parapets around the roof, fix the pole to the ground or a
concrete bed with expansion screws and steel wires, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.

Figure 11-4 illustrates how an outdoor directional antenna and a pole are
installed.

Figure 11-4 Installing an outdoor directional antenna and a pole

The following figure shows the protection area of a lightning rod. The entire
antenna must be within the protection area.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 123


WLAN 11 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G11.5)

If antennas are installed on a pole made of metal, such as steel, you do not need to install
a lightning rod, as shown on the right in the preceding figure.

Outdoor AP Installation Scenarios


Figure 11-5 shows outdoor AP installation scenarios. The distance between a 2.4
GHz antenna and a 5 GHz antenna must be more than 0.5 m.

Figure 11-5 Outdoor AP installation scenarios

11.3.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP and tighten the
connector to the interface. The requirements on connections between the AP's
radio interfaces and antenna feeder cables are as follows:

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 124


WLAN 11 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G11.5)

● The feeder interfaces of an antenna must be connected to radio interfaces A


and B of the same frequency band on an AP.
● The AP's radio interfaces working on the same frequency band (interface A
and interface B) must be connected to feeder interfaces of different
polarization directions.
The following figure shows the cable connections.

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until it is 1/2
the width as before. With each layer of tape wrap the cable tightly and ensure
that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 125


WLAN 11 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G11.5)

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Table 11-3 Coaxial cables and connectors


Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance
Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 126


WLAN 11 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G11.5)

Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance


Cable al
Conne
ctor

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 127


WLAN 11 27010889 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V30 G11.5)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 128


WLAN 12 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

12 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-


Polarized Directional Antenna (H15 V15
G19)

About This Chapter

12.1 27010890 Technical Specifications


12.2 27010890 Installation Precautions
12.3 27010890 Antenna Installation

12.1 27010890 Technical Specifications


The 27010890 directional antenna is named ASB185G00 and applicable to
outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 12-1 shows the appearance of the 27010890 directional antenna.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 129


WLAN 12 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

Figure 12-1 Appearance of the 27010890 directional antenna

Technical Specifications
Table 12-1 lists technical specifications of the 27010890 directional antenna.

Table 12-1 Technical specifications of the 27010890 directional antenna


Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 19

Coverage distance (m) 220

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 15

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 15

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤ 1.8

Polarization Cross polarization

Connector 2 x N-female

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 25 x 250 x 250

Weight (kg) 1.300

Support pole diameter (mm) φ35–φ114

Mounting mode Pole mounting

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 130


WLAN 12 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● The coverage distance is a reference value in certain conditions. Plan an appropriate
distance value according to planning experience, local standards, and onsite
environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 12-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27010890 directional antenna in the
horizontal and vertical directions.

Figure 12-2 Radiation pattern of the 27010890 directional antenna

12.2 27010890 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:
● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 131


WLAN 12 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Figure 12-3 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 12-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 132


WLAN 12 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

Table 12-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

12.3 27010890 Antenna Installation


The 27010890 antenna is an outdoor antenna. To obtain a better performance
and wider coverage, the antenna should be installed at high positions away from
metal obstacles, for example, building tops, mountaintops, and tower tops. Its
transmit end should not be blocked by obstacles.

In bridging scenarios, installation positions should not exceed wireless bridge


transmission distances.

12.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:

● 1 x 10 mm combination wrench

● 1 x inclinometer

Pole:

● 1 x pole with a diameter of φ35 mm to φ114 mm

Antenna support assembly:

● Installation bracket: 1 PCS

● Toothed clamp: 1 PCS

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 133


WLAN 12 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

● U-type bolt: 1 PCS

● Nut

12.3.2 Pole Mounting


The 27010890 antenna is mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

Fixing the Antenna to the Pole


Carry out the following steps:

1. Fix the installation bracket to the antenna using the nut, spring washer, and
flat washer.

2. Secure the installation bracket, toothed clamp and U-type bolt on the pole.
Thread the U-type bolt through the fixing hole and graduated bracket and

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 134


WLAN 12 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

then tighten screws, nuts, flat washers, and spring washers on both ends of
the U-type bolt (not tightly), as shown in the following figure.

3. Adjust the mechanical downtilt angle using one of the following two
methods.
– Method 1: Adjust the angle by sliding the U-type bolt along the bracket.
The pole must be kept vertical.
– Method 2: Use the inclinometer to determine the antenna angle. Then,
move the antenna to adjust its angle until the bead in the inclinometer is
at the middle. This method provides precise measurements.

4. Finally, tighten all nuts. The recommended torque is 12 N m for M6 nuts.


If the required downtilt angle is fixed, you can thread the U-type bolt through the
fixing hole and graduated bracket and then tighten the nuts. The pole must be
kept vertical.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 135


WLAN 12 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

Installing the Pole and Lightning Rod


Carry out the following steps:
1. Weld the lightning rod to the top of the antenna pole.
2. Install the antenna pole on a parapet or concrete bed on the roof of the
building.
3. Use a 40 mm x 4 mm flat piece of steel to connect the antenna pole to an
earth mat.
4. Secure the outdoor directional antenna to the pole using an antenna support.
5. Keep the pole vertical during the installation.
Take note of the following points when installing an outdoor directional antenna:
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of no less than 1.2 m
high, fix the pole on a parapet with expansion screws, and then fix the
outdoor directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of less than 1.2 m high,
fix one of the installation points of the pole on a parapet and the other
installation point to the roof with expansion screws, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna to the pole with an antenna support.
● If there are no parapets around the roof, fix the pole to the ground or a
concrete bed with expansion screws and steel wires, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
Figure 12-4 illustrates how an outdoor directional antenna and a pole are
installed.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 136


WLAN 12 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

Figure 12-4 Installing an outdoor directional antenna and a pole

The following figure shows the protection area of a lightning rod. The entire
antenna must be within the protection area.

If antennas are installed on a pole made of metal, such as steel, you do not need to install
a lightning rod, as shown on the right in the preceding figure.

Outdoor AP Installation Scenarios


Figure 12-5 shows outdoor AP installation scenarios. The distance between a 2.4
GHz antenna and a 5 GHz antenna must be more than 0.5 m.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 137


WLAN 12 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

Figure 12-5 Outdoor AP installation scenarios

12.3.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP and tighten the
connector to the interface. The requirements on connections between the AP's
radio interfaces and antenna feeder cables are as follows:
● The feeder interfaces of an antenna must be connected to radio interfaces A
and B of the same frequency band on an AP.
● The AP's radio interfaces working on the same frequency band (interface A
and interface B) must be connected to feeder interfaces of different
polarization directions.
The following figure shows the cable connections.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 138


WLAN 12 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until it is 1/2
the width as before. With each layer of tape wrap the cable tightly and ensure
that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 139


WLAN 12 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Table 12-3 Coaxial cables and connectors


Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance
Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 140


WLAN 12 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance


Cable al
Conne
ctor

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 141


WLAN 12 27010890 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 142


WLAN 13 27010898 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V7 G16.5)

13 27010898 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-


Polarized Directional Antenna (H60 V7
G16.5)

About This Chapter

13.1 27010898 Technical Specifications


13.2 27010898 Installation Precautions
13.3 27010898 Antenna Installation

13.1 27010898 Technical Specifications


The 27010898 directional antenna is named AD1760500 and applicable to
outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 13-1 shows the appearance of the 27010898 directional antenna.

Figure 13-1 Appearance of the 27010898 directional antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 143


WLAN 13 27010898 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V7 G16.5)

Technical Specifications
Table 13-1 lists technical specifications of the 27010898 directional antenna.

Table 13-1 Technical specifications of the 27010898 directional antenna

Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500

Gain (dBi) 16.5

Coverage distance (m) 220

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 60

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 7

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤ 1.5

Polarization Cross polarization

Connector 2 x N-female

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 63 x 875 x 176

Weight (kg) 4.5

Support pole diameter (mm) φ48–φ135

Mounting mode Pole mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● The coverage distance is a reference value in certain conditions. Plan an appropriate
distance value according to planning experience, local standards, and onsite
environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 13-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27010898 directional antenna in the
horizontal (in blue) and vertical (in red) directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 144


WLAN 13 27010898 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V7 G16.5)

Figure 13-2 Radiation pattern of the 27010898 directional antenna

13.2 27010898 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:
● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 145


WLAN 13 27010898 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V7 G16.5)

Figure 13-3 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 13-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Table 13-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 146


WLAN 13 27010898 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V7 G16.5)

13.3 27010898 Antenna Installation


The 27010898 antenna is an outdoor 2.4 GHz directional antenna. To obtain a
better performance and wider coverage, the antenna should be installed at high
positions away from metal obstacles, for example, building tops, mountaintops,
and tower tops. Its transmit end should not be blocked by obstacles.

13.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:
● 2 x 13 mm open-end wrench
● 2 x 17 mm open-end wrench
Pole:
● 1 x pole with a diameter of φ48 mm to φ135 mm
Other accessories:
● Connection arm: 1 PCS
● Toothed clamp: 2 PCS
● Nut

13.3.2 Pole Mounting


The 27010898 antenna is mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

Fixing the Antenna to the Pole


Installation of the antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 147


WLAN 13 27010898 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V7 G16.5)

Carry out the following steps:


1. Loosen the nut between the upper and lower arms.
2. Secure the toothed clamps at the top mounting assembly to the pole.
a. Remove the bolts, nuts, spring washers, and flat washers from the
toothed clamps.
b. Place the toothed clamp connected to the antenna against the pole,
thread the bolts through the toothed clamp, put the other toothed clamp
on the bolts, and put back the flat washers, spring washers and nuts.
c. Tighten the nuts to secure the toothed clamps (not tightly).
3. Repeat step 2 to secure the toothed clamps at the bottom mounting assembly
to the pole.
4. Adjust the antenna until it is perfectly vertical (the adjustable angle is 0
degrees), adjust the toothed clamps, and then secure all the toothed clamps
to the pole. Set the desired antenna tilt angle and then tighten all nuts on the
top and bottom assemblies with a tightening torque of 18 N m.
5. Remove the protective cap from the antenna connector, connect the feeder
cable to the connector, and tighten the connector. Thoroughly wrap the cable
connector with waterproof tape. For details, see the section Connecting RF
Cables.

The antenna is normally tilted downward. However, you can swap over the top and bottom
mounting assemblies to tilt the antenna upward to satisfy project demands.

Installing the Pole and Lightning Rod


Carry out the following steps:

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 148


WLAN 13 27010898 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V7 G16.5)

1. Weld the lightning rod to the top of the antenna pole.


2. Install the antenna pole on a parapet or concrete bed on the roof of the
building.
3. Use a 40 mm x 4 mm flat piece of steel to connect the antenna pole to an
earth mat.
4. Secure the outdoor directional antenna to the pole using an antenna support.
5. Keep the pole vertical during the installation.
Take note of the following points when installing an outdoor directional antenna:
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of no less than 1.2 m
high, fix the pole on a parapet with expansion screws, and then fix the
outdoor directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of less than 1.2 m high,
fix one of the installation points of the pole on a parapet and the other
installation point to the roof with expansion screws, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna to the pole with an antenna support.
● If there are no parapets around the roof, fix the pole to the ground or a
concrete bed with expansion screws and steel wires, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
Figure 13-4 illustrates how an outdoor directional antenna and a pole are
installed.

Figure 13-4 Installing an outdoor directional antenna and a pole

The following figure shows the protection area of a lightning rod. The entire
antenna must be within the protection area.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 149


WLAN 13 27010898 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V7 G16.5)

If antennas are installed on a pole made of metal, such as steel, you do not need to install
a lightning rod, as shown on the right in the preceding figure.

Outdoor AP Installation Scenarios


Figure 13-5 shows outdoor AP installation scenarios. The distance between a 2.4
GHz antenna and a 5 GHz antenna must be more than 0.5 m.

Figure 13-5 Outdoor AP installation scenarios

13.3.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP and tighten the
connector to the interface. The requirements on connections between the AP's
radio interfaces and antenna feeder cables are as follows:

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 150


WLAN 13 27010898 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V7 G16.5)

● The feeder interfaces of an antenna must be connected to radio interfaces A


and B of the same frequency band on an AP.
● The AP's radio interfaces working on the same frequency band (interface A
and interface B) must be connected to feeder interfaces of different
polarization directions.
The following figure shows the cable connections.

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until it is 1/2
the width as before. With each layer of tape wrap the cable tightly and ensure
that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 151


WLAN 13 27010898 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V7 G16.5)

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 152


WLAN 13 27010898 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V7 G16.5)

Table 13-3 Coaxial cables and connectors


Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance
Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 153


WLAN 13 27010898 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H60 V7 G16.5)

1. Peel the cable.


2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 154


WLAN 14 27010902 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V6 G14.5)

14 27010902 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-


Polarized Directional Antenna (H120 V6
G14.5)

About This Chapter

14.1 27010902 Technical Specifications


14.2 27010902 Installation Precautions
14.3 27010902 Antenna Installation

14.1 27010902 Technical Specifications


The 27010902 directional antenna is named AD1512000 and applicable to
outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 14-1 shows the appearance of the 27010902 directional antenna.

Figure 14-1 Appearance of the 27010902 directional antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 155


WLAN 14 27010902 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V6 G14.5)

Technical Specifications
Table 14-1 lists technical specifications of the 27010902 directional antenna.

Table 14-1 Technical specifications of the 27010902 directional antenna

Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500

Gain (dBi) 14.5

Coverage distance (m) 190

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 120

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 6

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤ 1.5

Polarization Vertical polarization

Connector N-female

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 54 x 1140 x 114

Weight (kg) 3.4

Support pole diameter (mm) φ48–φ135

Mounting mode Pole mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● The coverage distance is a reference value in certain conditions. Plan an appropriate
distance value according to planning experience, local standards, and onsite
environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 14-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27010902 directional antenna in the
horizontal (in blue) and vertical directions (in red).

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 156


WLAN 14 27010902 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V6 G14.5)

Figure 14-2 Radiation pattern of the 27010902 directional antenna

14.2 27010902 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:
● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 157


WLAN 14 27010902 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V6 G14.5)

Figure 14-3 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 14-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Table 14-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 158


WLAN 14 27010902 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V6 G14.5)

14.3 27010902 Antenna Installation


The 27010902 antenna is an outdoor antenna. To obtain a better performance
and wider coverage, the antenna should be installed at high positions away from
metal obstacles, for example, building tops, mountaintops, and tower tops. Its
transmit end should not be blocked by obstacles.

14.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:
● 2 x 13 mm open-end wrench
Pole:
● 1 x pole with a diameter of φ48 mm to φ135 mm
Other accessories:
● Connection arm: 1 PCS
● Toothed clamp: 2 PCS
● Nut

14.3.2 Pole Mounting


The 27010902 antenna is mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

Fixing the Antenna to the Pole


Installation of the antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 159


WLAN 14 27010902 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V6 G14.5)

Carry out the following steps:


1. Loosen the nut between the upper and lower arms.
2. Secure the toothed clamps at the top mounting assembly to the pole.
a. Remove the bolts, nuts, spring washers, and flat washers from the
toothed clamps.
b. Place the toothed clamp connected to the antenna against the pole,
thread the bolts through the toothed clamp, put the other toothed clamp
on the bolts, and put back the flat washers, spring washers and nuts.
c. Tighten the nuts to secure the toothed clamps (not tightly).
3. Repeat step 2 to secure the toothed clamps at the bottom mounting assembly
to the pole.
4. Adjust the antenna until it is perfectly vertical (the adjustable angle is 0
degrees), adjust the toothed clamps, and then secure all the toothed clamps
to the pole. Set the desired antenna tilt angle and then tighten all nuts on the
top and bottom assemblies with a tightening torque of 18 N m.
5. Remove the protective cap from the antenna connector, connect the feeder
cable to the connector, and tighten the connector. Thoroughly wrap the cable
connector with waterproof tape. For details, see the section Connecting RF
Cables.

The antenna is normally tilted downward. However, you can swap over the top and bottom
mounting assemblies to tilt the antenna upward to satisfy project demands.

Installing the Pole and Lightning Rod


Carry out the following steps:

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 160


WLAN 14 27010902 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V6 G14.5)

1. Weld the lightning rod to the top of the antenna pole.


2. Install the antenna pole on a parapet or concrete bed on the roof of the
building.
3. Use a 40 mm x 4 mm flat piece of steel to connect the antenna pole to an
earth mat.
4. Secure the outdoor directional antenna to the pole using an antenna support.
5. Keep the pole vertical during the installation.
Take note of the following points when installing an outdoor directional antenna:
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of no less than 1.2 m
high, fix the pole on a parapet with expansion screws, and then fix the
outdoor directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of less than 1.2 m high,
fix one of the installation points of the pole on a parapet and the other
installation point to the roof with expansion screws, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna to the pole with an antenna support.
● If there are no parapets around the roof, fix the pole to the ground or a
concrete bed with expansion screws and steel wires, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
Figure 14-4 illustrates how an outdoor directional antenna and a pole are
installed.

Figure 14-4 Installing an outdoor directional antenna and a pole

The following figure shows the protection area of a lightning rod. The entire
antenna must be within the protection area.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 161


WLAN 14 27010902 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V6 G14.5)

If antennas are installed on a pole made of metal, such as steel, you do not need to install
a lightning rod, as shown on the right in the preceding figure.

Outdoor AP Installation Scenarios


Figure 14-5 shows outdoor AP installation scenarios. The distance between a 2.4
GHz antenna and a 5 GHz antenna must be more than 0.5 m.

Figure 14-5 Outdoor AP installation scenarios

The distance between two single-polarized antennas of the same AP should be


more than 0.5 m, and the two antennas should cover the same area, as shown in
Figure 14-6.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 162


WLAN 14 27010902 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V6 G14.5)

Figure 14-6 Installation of single-polarized antennas

14.3.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP and tighten the
connector to the interface.

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until it is 1/2
the width as before. With each layer of tape wrap the cable tightly and ensure
that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 163


WLAN 14 27010902 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V6 G14.5)

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 164


WLAN 14 27010902 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V6 G14.5)

Table 14-3 Coaxial cables and connectors


Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance
Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 165


WLAN 14 27010902 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H120 V6 G14.5)

1. Peel the cable.


2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 166


WLAN 15 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

15 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-


Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30
G14)

About This Chapter

15.1 27010904 Technical Specifications


15.2 27010904 Installation Precautions
15.3 27010904 Antenna Installation

15.1 27010904 Technical Specifications


The 27010904 directional antenna is named AD24145D00 and applicable to
outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 15-1 shows the appearance of the 27010904 directional antenna.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 167


WLAN 15 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

Figure 15-1 Appearance of the 27010904 directional antenna

Technical Specifications
Table 15-1 lists technical specifications of the 27010904 directional antenna.

Table 15-1 Technical specifications of the 27010904 directional antenna


Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500

Gain (dBi) 14

Coverage distance (m) 180

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 30

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 30

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤ 1.5

Polarization Cross polarization

Connector 2 x N-female

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 25 x 250 x 250

Weight (kg) 0.6

Support pole diameter (mm) φ30–φ114

Mounting mode Pole mounting

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 168


WLAN 15 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● The coverage distance is a reference value in certain conditions. Plan an appropriate
distance value according to planning experience, local standards, and onsite
environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 15-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27010904 directional antenna in the
horizontal and vertical directions.

Figure 15-2 Radiation pattern of the 27010904 directional antenna

15.2 27010904 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:

● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 169


WLAN 15 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Figure 15-3 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 15-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 170


WLAN 15 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

Table 15-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

15.3 27010904 Antenna Installation


The 27010904 antenna is an outdoor 2.4 GHz directional antenna. To obtain a
better performance and wider coverage, the antenna should be installed at high
positions away from metal obstacles, for example, building tops, mountaintops,
and tower tops. Its transmit end should not be blocked by obstacles.

15.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:

● 1 x 10 mm combination wrench

● 1 x inclinometer

Pole:

● 1 x pole with a diameter of φ30 mm to φ114 mm

Antenna support assembly:

● Installation bracket: 1 PCS

● Toothed clamp: 1 PCS

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 171


WLAN 15 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

● U-type bolt: 1 PCS

● Nut

15.3.2 Pole Mounting


The 27010904 antenna is mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

Fixing the Antenna to the Pole


Carry out the following steps:
1. Fix the installation bracket to the antenna using the nut, spring washer, and
flat washer.

2. Secure the installation bracket, toothed clamp and U-type bolt on the pole.
Thread the U-type bolt through the fixing hole and graduated bracket and

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 172


WLAN 15 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

then tighten screws, nuts, flat washers, and spring washers on both ends of
the U-type bolt (not tightly), as shown in the following figure.

3. Adjust the mechanical downtilt angle using one of the following two
methods.
– Method 1: Adjust the angle by sliding the U-type bolt along the bracket.
The pole must be kept vertical.
– Method 2: Use the inclinometer to determine the antenna angle. Then,
move the antenna to adjust its angle until the bead in the inclinometer is
at the middle. This method provides precise measurements.

4. Finally, tighten all nuts. The recommended torque is 12 N m for M6 nuts.


If the required downtilt angle is fixed, you can thread the U-type bolt through the
fixing hole and graduated bracket and then tighten the nuts. The pole must be
kept vertical.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 173


WLAN 15 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

Installing the Pole and Lightning Rod


Carry out the following steps:
1. Weld the lightning rod to the top of the antenna pole.
2. Install the antenna pole on a parapet or concrete bed on the roof of the
building.
3. Use a 40 mm x 4 mm flat piece of steel to connect the antenna pole to an
earth mat.
4. Secure the outdoor directional antenna to the pole using an antenna support.
5. Keep the pole vertical during the installation.
Take note of the following points when installing an outdoor directional antenna:
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of no less than 1.2 m
high, fix the pole on a parapet with expansion screws, and then fix the
outdoor directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of less than 1.2 m high,
fix one of the installation points of the pole on a parapet and the other
installation point to the roof with expansion screws, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna to the pole with an antenna support.
● If there are no parapets around the roof, fix the pole to the ground or a
concrete bed with expansion screws and steel wires, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
Figure 15-4 illustrates how an outdoor directional antenna and a pole are
installed.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 174


WLAN 15 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

Figure 15-4 Installing an outdoor directional antenna and a pole

The following figure shows the protection area of a lightning rod. The entire
antenna must be within the protection area.

If antennas are installed on a pole made of metal, such as steel, you do not need to install
a lightning rod, as shown on the right in the preceding figure.

Outdoor AP Installation Scenarios


Figure 15-5 shows outdoor AP installation scenarios. The distance between a 2.4
GHz antenna and a 5 GHz antenna must be more than 0.5 m.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 175


WLAN 15 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

Figure 15-5 Outdoor AP installation scenarios

15.3.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP and tighten the
connector to the interface. The requirements on connections between the AP's
radio interfaces and antenna feeder cables are as follows:
● The feeder interfaces of an antenna must be connected to radio interfaces A
and B of the same frequency band on an AP.
● The AP's radio interfaces working on the same frequency band (interface A
and interface B) must be connected to feeder interfaces of different
polarization directions.
The following figure shows the cable connections.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 176


WLAN 15 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until it is 1/2
the width as before. With each layer of tape wrap the cable tightly and ensure
that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 177


WLAN 15 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Table 15-3 Coaxial cables and connectors


Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance
Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 178


WLAN 15 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance


Cable al
Conne
ctor

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 179


WLAN 15 27010904 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 180


WLAN 16 27010906 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G14)

16 27010906 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-


Polarized Directional Antenna (H32 V32
G14)

About This Chapter

16.1 27010906 Technical Specifications


16.2 27010906 Installation Precautions
16.3 27010906 Antenna Installation

16.1 27010906 Technical Specifications


The 27010906 directional antenna is named AD515145D00 and applicable to
outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 16-1 shows the appearance of the 27010906 directional antenna.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 181


WLAN 16 27010906 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G14)

Figure 16-1 Appearance of the 27010906 directional antenna

Technical Specifications
Table 16-1 lists technical specifications of the 27010906 directional antenna.

Table 16-1 Technical specifications of the 27010906 directional antenna


Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 14

Coverage distance (m) 140

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 32

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 32

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤ 1.8

Polarization Cross polarization

Connector 2 x N-female

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 25 x 220 x 120

Weight (kg) 0.8

Support pole diameter (mm) φ30–φ114

Mounting mode Pole mounting

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 182


WLAN 16 27010906 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G14)

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● The coverage distance is a reference value in certain conditions. Plan an appropriate
distance value according to planning experience, local standards, and onsite
environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 16-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27010906 directional antenna in the
horizontal and vertical directions.

Figure 16-2 Radiation pattern of the 27010906 directional antenna

16.2 27010906 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:
● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 183


WLAN 16 27010906 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G14)

● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Figure 16-3 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 16-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 184


WLAN 16 27010906 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G14)

Table 16-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

16.3 27010906 Antenna Installation


The 27010906 antenna is an outdoor 5 GHz directional antenna. To obtain a
better performance and wider coverage, the antenna should be installed at high
positions away from metal obstacles, for example, building tops, mountaintops,
and tower tops. Its transmit end should not be blocked by obstacles.

In bridging scenarios, installation positions should not exceed wireless bridge


transmission distances.

16.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:

● 1 x 10 mm combination wrench

● 1 x inclinometer

Pole:

● 1 x pole with a diameter of φ30 mm to φ114 mm

Antenna support assembly:

● Installation bracket: 1 PCS

● Toothed clamp: 1 PCS

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 185


WLAN 16 27010906 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G14)

● U-type bolt: 1 PCS

● Nut

16.3.2 Pole Mounting


The 27010906 antenna is mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

Fixing the Antenna to the Pole


Carry out the following steps:
1. Fix the installation bracket to the antenna using the nut, spring washer, and
flat washer.
2. Secure the installation bracket, toothed clamp and U-type bolt on the pole.
Thread the U-type bolt through the fixing hole and graduated bracket and
then tighten screws, nuts, flat washers, and spring washers on both ends of
the U-type bolt (not tightly), as shown in the following figure.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 186


WLAN 16 27010906 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G14)

3. Adjust the mechanical downtilt angle using one of the following two
methods.
– Method 1: Adjust the angle by sliding the U-type bolt along the bracket.
The pole must be kept vertical.
– Method 2: Use the inclinometer to determine the antenna angle. Then,
move the antenna to adjust its angle until the bead in the inclinometer is
at the middle. This method provides precise measurements.

4. Finally, tighten all nuts. The recommended torque is 12 N m for M6 nuts.

If the required downtilt angle is fixed, you can thread the U-type bolt through the
fixing hole and graduated bracket and then tighten the nuts. The pole must be
kept vertical.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 187


WLAN 16 27010906 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G14)

Installing the Pole and Lightning Rod


Carry out the following steps:

1. Weld the lightning rod to the top of the antenna pole.


2. Install the antenna pole on a parapet or concrete bed on the roof of the
building.
3. Use a 40 mm x 4 mm flat piece of steel to connect the antenna pole to an
earth mat.
4. Secure the outdoor directional antenna to the pole using an antenna support.
5. Keep the pole vertical during the installation.

Take note of the following points when installing an outdoor directional antenna:

● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of no less than 1.2 m


high, fix the pole on a parapet with expansion screws, and then fix the
outdoor directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of less than 1.2 m high,
fix one of the installation points of the pole on a parapet and the other
installation point to the roof with expansion screws, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna to the pole with an antenna support.
● If there are no parapets around the roof, fix the pole to the ground or a
concrete bed with expansion screws and steel wires, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.

Figure 16-4 illustrates how an outdoor directional antenna and a pole are
installed.

Figure 16-4 Installing an outdoor directional antenna and a pole

The following figure shows the protection area of a lightning rod. The entire
antenna must be within the protection area.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 188


WLAN 16 27010906 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G14)

If antennas are installed on a pole made of metal, such as steel, you do not need to install
a lightning rod, as shown on the right in the preceding figure.

Outdoor AP Installation Scenarios


Figure 16-5 shows outdoor AP installation scenarios. The distance between a 2.4
GHz antenna and a 5 GHz antenna must be more than 0.5 m.

Figure 16-5 Outdoor AP installation scenarios

16.3.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP and tighten the
connector to the interface. The requirements on connections between the AP's
radio interfaces and antenna feeder cables are as follows:

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 189


WLAN 16 27010906 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G14)

● The feeder interfaces of an antenna must be connected to radio interfaces A


and B of the same frequency band on an AP.
● The AP's radio interfaces working on the same frequency band (interface A
and interface B) must be connected to feeder interfaces of different
polarization directions.
The following figure shows the cable connections.

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until it is 1/2
the width as before. With each layer of tape wrap the cable tightly and ensure
that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 190


WLAN 16 27010906 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G14)

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 191


WLAN 16 27010906 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G14)

Table 16-3 Coaxial cables and connectors


Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance
Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 192


WLAN 16 27010906 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G14)

1. Peel the cable.


2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 193


WLAN 17 27010912 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H100 V5.5 G16)

17 27010912 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-


Polarized Directional Antenna (H100 V5.5
G16)

About This Chapter

17.1 27010912 Technical Specifications


17.2 27010912 Installation Precautions
17.3 27010912 Antenna Installation

17.1 27010912 Technical Specifications


The 27010912 directional antenna is named AD5151200 and applicable to
outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 17-1 shows the appearance of the 27010912 directional antenna.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 194


WLAN 17 27010912 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H100 V5.5 G16)

Figure 17-1 Appearance of the 27010912 directional antenna

Technical Specifications
Table 17-1 lists technical specifications of the 27010912 directional antenna.

Table 17-1 Technical specifications of the 27010912 directional antenna

Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 16

Coverage distance (m) 170

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 100

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 5.5

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤ 1.7

Polarization Vertical polarization

Connector N-female

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 18 x 547 x 250

Weight (kg) 1.8

Support pole diameter (mm) φ48–φ135

Mounting mode Pole mounting

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 195


WLAN 17 27010912 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H100 V5.5 G16)

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● The coverage distance is a reference value in certain conditions. Plan an appropriate
distance value according to planning experience, local standards, and onsite
environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 17-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27010912 directional antenna in the
horizontal (in blue) and vertical directions (in red).

Figure 17-2 Radiation pattern of the 27010912 directional antenna

17.2 27010912 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:
● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 196


WLAN 17 27010912 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H100 V5.5 G16)

● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Figure 17-3 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 17-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 197


WLAN 17 27010912 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H100 V5.5 G16)

Table 17-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone


Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

17.3 27010912 Antenna Installation


The 27010912 antenna is an outdoor 5 GHz directional antenna that provides high
gains. To obtain a better performance and wider coverage, the antenna should be
installed at high positions away from metal obstacles, for example, building tops,
mountaintops, and tower tops. Its transmit end should not be blocked by
obstacles.
In bridging scenarios, installation positions should not exceed wireless bridge
transmission distances.

17.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:
● 2 x 13 mm open-end wrench
● 1 x 10 mm open-end wrench
Pole:
● 1 x pole with a diameter of φ48 mm to φ135 mm
Other accessories:
● Installation bracket: 1 PCS
● Antenna support: 1 PCS
● Toothed clamp: 1 PCS

17.3.2 Pole Mounting


The 27010912 antenna is mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 198


WLAN 17 27010912 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H100 V5.5 G16)

Fixing the Antenna to the Pole


Installation of the antenna

Carry out the following steps:


1. Fix the installation bracket to the antenna using the M6 nut, spring washer,
and flat washer with a tightening torque of 9 N m.
2. Fix the antenna support to a toothed clamp using the M8 bolt, nut, spring
washer, and flat washer (not tightly).
3. Place the installation bracket of the antenna on the antenna support, thread
the M10x100 bolt through the fixing hole, and tighten the nut, spring washer,
and flat washer to secure the installation bracket.
4. Thread the M8x25 bolt through the graduated bracket to adjust the downtilt
angle of the antenna. After the angle is fixed, tighten all nuts with a
tightening torque of 18 N m.
5. Remove the protective cap from the antenna connector, connect the feeder
cable to the connector, and tighten the connector. Thoroughly wrap the cable
connector with waterproof tape. For details, see the section Connecting RF
Cables.

Installing the Pole and Lightning Rod


Carry out the following steps:
1. Weld the lightning rod to the top of the antenna pole.
2. Install the antenna pole on a parapet or concrete bed on the roof of the
building.
3. Use a 40 mm x 4 mm flat piece of steel to connect the antenna pole to an
earth mat.
4. Secure the outdoor directional antenna to the pole using an antenna support.
5. Keep the pole vertical during the installation.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 199


WLAN 17 27010912 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H100 V5.5 G16)

Take note of the following points when installing an outdoor directional antenna:
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of no less than 1.2 m
high, fix the pole on a parapet with expansion screws, and then fix the
outdoor directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of less than 1.2 m high,
fix one of the installation points of the pole on a parapet and the other
installation point to the roof with expansion screws, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna to the pole with an antenna support.
● If there are no parapets around the roof, fix the pole to the ground or a
concrete bed with expansion screws and steel wires, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
Figure 17-4 illustrates how an outdoor directional antenna and a pole are
installed.

Figure 17-4 Installing an outdoor directional antenna and a pole

The following figure shows the protection area of a lightning rod. The entire
antenna must be within the protection area.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 200


WLAN 17 27010912 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H100 V5.5 G16)

If antennas are installed on a pole made of metal, such as steel, you do not need to install
a lightning rod, as shown on the right in the preceding figure.

Outdoor AP Installation Scenarios


Figure 17-5 shows outdoor AP installation scenarios. The distance between a 2.4
GHz antenna and a 5 GHz antenna must be more than 0.5 m.

Figure 17-5 Outdoor AP installation scenarios

The distance between two single-polarized antennas of the same AP should be


more than 0.5 m, and the two antennas should cover the same area, as shown in
Figure 17-6.

Figure 17-6 Installation of single-polarized antennas

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 201


WLAN 17 27010912 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H100 V5.5 G16)

17.3.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP and tighten the
connector to the interface.

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until it is 1/2
the width as before. With each layer of tape wrap the cable tightly and ensure
that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 202


WLAN 17 27010912 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H100 V5.5 G16)

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Table 17-3 Coaxial cables and connectors

Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance


Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 203


WLAN 17 27010912 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H100 V5.5 G16)

2. Install accessories, such as the nut.


3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 204


WLAN 18 27010913 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V11.5 G8)

18 27010913 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-


Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360
V11.5 G8)

About This Chapter

18.1 27010913 Technical Specifications


18.2 27010913 Installation Precautions
18.3 27010913 Antenna Installation

18.1 27010913 Technical Specifications


The 27010913 omnidirectional antenna is named AL0800500 and applicable to
outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 18-1 shows the appearance of the 27010913 antenna.

Figure 18-1 Appearance of the 27010913 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 205


WLAN 18 27010913 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V11.5 G8)

Technical Specifications
Table 18-1 lists technical specifications of the 27010913 antenna.

Table 18-1 Technical specifications of the 27010913 antenna

Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500

Gain (dBi) 8

Coverage radius (m) 100

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 360

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 11.5

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤ 1.5

Polarization Vertical polarization

Connector N-female

Dimensions (mm) Diameter x Length: Φ29 x 720

Weight (kg) 0.5

Support pole diameter (mm) φ48–φ135

Mounting mode Pole mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● The coverage distance is a reference value in certain conditions. Plan an appropriate
distance value according to planning experience, local standards, and onsite
environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 18-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27010913 directional antenna in the
horizontal (in blue) and vertical directions (in red).

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 206


WLAN 18 27010913 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V11.5 G8)

Figure 18-2 Radiation pattern of the 27010913 directional antenna

18.2 27010913 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:
● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 207


WLAN 18 27010913 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V11.5 G8)

Figure 18-3 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 18-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Table 18-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 208


WLAN 18 27010913 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V11.5 G8)

18.3 27010913 Antenna Installation


The 27010913 antenna is an outdoor 2.4 GHz directional antenna that provides
high gains. To obtain a better performance and wider coverage, the antenna
should be installed at high positions away from metal obstacles, for example,
building tops, mountaintops, and tower tops. Its transmit end should not be
blocked by obstacles.

18.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:
● 1 x combination wrench

Pole
● 1 x pole with a diameter of φ48 mm to φ135 mm
Antenna support assembly:
● U-type bolt: 2 PCS

● Nut, spring washer, and flat washer

18.3.2 Pole Mounting


The 27010913 antenna is mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 209


WLAN 18 27010913 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V11.5 G8)

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

NOTICE

● To prevent water in the antenna from degrading the signal quality, keep the
antenna vertical and do not allow the condensation drain hole to clog.
● To achieve the optimal coverage effect, it is recommended that you install the
omnidirectional antenna three to five meters above ground.

Fixing the Antenna to the Pole


Installation of the antenna

Carry out the following steps:


1. Place the antenna vertically based on the direction marked on the antenna.
Ensure that the pole does not overtop the connection sleeve.
2. Use U-type bolts, nuts, and washers to secure the antenna to the pole, as
shown in the preceding figures.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 210


WLAN 18 27010913 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V11.5 G8)

Precautions
Take note of the following points when installing an outdoor omnidirectional
antenna:

1. After the installation is complete, the antenna must be high enough to satisfy
signal coverage demands, and the top of the antenna must not exceed the
45-degree protection range of the lightning rod.
2. Do not weld a lightning rod directly to the omnidirectional antenna pole, as
there should be no metal objects within 1 m of an omnidirectional antenna.
Instead, install an independent lightning rod between two omnidirectional
antenna poles. Adjust the height of the lightning rod to ensure that the
antennas are covered in the protection angle.
3. It is recommended that the distance between two omnidirectional antennas
be at least 0.5 m.

Figure 18-4 shows installation of an outdoor omnidirectional antenna.

Figure 18-4 Installing an outdoor omnidirectional antenna

If antennas are installed on a pole made of metal, such as steel, you do not need to install
a lightning rod, as shown on the right in Figure 18-4.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 211


WLAN 18 27010913 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V11.5 G8)

18.3.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP and tighten the
connector to the interface.

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until it is 1/2
the width as before. With each layer of tape wrap the cable tightly and ensure
that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 212


WLAN 18 27010913 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V11.5 G8)

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Table 18-3 Coaxial cables and connectors

Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance


Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 213


WLAN 18 27010913 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V11.5 G8)

2. Install accessories, such as the nut.


3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 214


WLAN 19 27011016 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H9 V9 G23)

19 27011016 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-


Polarized Directional Antenna (H9 V9 G23)

About This Chapter

19.1 27011016 Technical Specifications


19.2 27011016 Installation Precautions
19.3 27011016 Antenna Installation

19.1 27011016 Technical Specifications


The 27011016 directional antenna is named ASB235G00 and applicable to
outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 19-1 shows the appearance of the 27011016 antenna.

Figure 19-1 Appearance of the 27011016 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 215


WLAN 19 27011016 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H9 V9 G23)

Technical Specifications
Table 19-1 lists technical specifications of the 27011016 antenna.

Table 19-1 Technical specifications of the 27011016 antenna


Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 23

Coverage distance (m) 310

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 9

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 9

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤2

Polarization Cross polarization

Connector N-female*2

Dimensions (mm) Diameter: φ400

Weight (kg) 3

Support pole diameter (mm) φ40–φ114

Mounting mode Pole mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 19-2 and Figure 19-3 show radiation patterns of the 27011016 antenna in
the horizontal and vertical directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 216


WLAN 19 27011016 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H9 V9 G23)

Figure 19-2 Radiation pattern of the 27011016 antenna (horizontal polarization


port)

Figure 19-3 Radiation pattern of the 27011016 antenna (vertical polarization


port)

19.2 27011016 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:
● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 217


WLAN 19 27011016 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H9 V9 G23)

● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Figure 19-4 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 19-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 218


WLAN 19 27011016 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H9 V9 G23)

Table 19-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone


Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

19.3 27011016 Antenna Installation


The 27011016 antenna is an outdoor 5 GHz directional antenna that provides high
gains. To obtain a better performance and wider coverage, the antenna should be
installed at high positions away from metal obstacles, for example, building tops,
mountaintops, and tower tops. Its transmit end should not be blocked by
obstacles.
In bridging scenarios, installation positions should not exceed wireless bridge
transmission distances.

19.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:
● Hex key
● Phillips screwdriver
● M6 bolt
Pole
● 1 x pole with a diameter of φ40 mm to φ114 mm
Other accessories:
● 1 x antenna support assembly
– φ40 mm to φ65 mm pole: U-type clamp
– φ65 mm to φ92 mm pole: small hose clamp
– φ92 mm to φ114 mm pole: large hose clamp

19.3.2 Pole Mounting


The 27011016 antenna is mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 219


WLAN 19 27011016 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H9 V9 G23)

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

Fixing the Antenna to the Pole


1. Select mounting kits based on pole diameters.
– When the diameter of a pole is 40-65 mm, use U-type bolts.

– When the diameter of a pole is 65-92 mm, use small hose clamps.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 220


WLAN 19 27011016 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H9 V9 G23)

– When the diameter of a pole is 92–114 mm, use large hose clamps.

2. Keep the polarization arrows pointing upwards during installation. In the


following figures, A indicates horizontal polarization and B indicates vertical
polarization.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 221


WLAN 19 27011016 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H9 V9 G23)

3. Finally, tighten all nuts. The recommended torque is 7.6 N·m for M6 nuts.

Installing the Pole and Lightning Rod


Carry out the following steps:

1. Weld the lightning rod to the top of the antenna pole.


2. Install the antenna pole on a parapet or concrete bed on the roof of the
building.
3. Use a 40 mm x 4 mm flat piece of steel to connect the antenna pole to an
earth mat.
4. Secure the outdoor directional antenna to the pole using an antenna support.
5. Keep the pole vertical during the installation.

Take note of the following points when installing an outdoor directional antenna:

● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of no less than 1.2 m


high, fix the pole on a parapet with expansion screws, and then fix the
outdoor directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 222


WLAN 19 27011016 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H9 V9 G23)

● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of less than 1.2 m high,
fix one of the installation points of the pole on a parapet and the other
installation point to the roof with expansion screws, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna to the pole with an antenna support.
● If there are no parapets around the roof, fix the pole to the ground or a
concrete bed with expansion screws and steel wires, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.

Figure 19-5 illustrates how an outdoor directional antenna and a pole are
installed.

Figure 19-5 Installing an outdoor directional antenna and a pole

The following figure shows the protection area of a lightning rod. The entire
antenna must be within the protection area.

If antennas are installed on a pole made of metal, such as steel, you do not need to install
a lightning rod, as shown on the right in the preceding figure.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 223


WLAN 19 27011016 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H9 V9 G23)

Outdoor AP Installation Scenarios


Figure 19-6 shows outdoor AP installation scenarios. The distance between a 2.4
GHz antenna and a 5 GHz antenna must be more than 0.5 m.

Figure 19-6 Outdoor AP installation scenarios

19.3.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP and tighten the
connector to the interface. The requirements on connections between the AP's
radio interfaces and antenna feeder cables are as follows:
● The feeder interfaces of an antenna must be connected to radio interfaces A
and B of the same frequency band on an AP.
● The AP's radio interfaces working on the same frequency band (interface A
and interface B) must be connected to feeder interfaces of different
polarization directions.
The following figure shows the cable connections.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 224


WLAN 19 27011016 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H9 V9 G23)

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until it is 1/2
the width as before. With each layer of tape wrap the cable tightly and ensure
that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 225


WLAN 19 27011016 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H9 V9 G23)

2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a


surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Table 19-3 Coaxial cables and connectors

Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance


Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 226


WLAN 19 27011016 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H9 V9 G23)

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 227


WLAN 20 27011145 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

20 27011145 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-


Polarized Directional Antenna (H15 V15
G19)

About This Chapter

20.1 27011145 Technical Specifications


20.2 27011145 Installation Precautions
20.3 27011145 Antenna Installation

20.1 27011145 Technical Specifications


The 27011145 directional antenna is named AD5G1915 and applicable to outdoor
scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 20-1 shows the appearance of the 27011145 antenna.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 228


WLAN 20 27011145 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

Figure 20-1 Appearance of the 27011145 antenna

Technical Specifications
Table 20-1 lists technical specifications of the 27011145 antenna.

Table 20-1 Technical specifications of the 27011145 antenna

Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 19

Coverage distance (m) 220

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 15

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 15

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤2

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 229


WLAN 20 27011145 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

Item Value

Polarization Vertical & horizontal &


vertical polarization

Connector 3 x N-female

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 30 x 450 x 245

Weight (kg) 1.400

Support pole diameter (mm) φ30–φ114

Mounting mode Pole mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheet.
● The previous specifications list the coverage distance for reference only, which may vary
depending on specific conditions. Plan an appropriate distance value according to
planning experience, local standards, and onsite environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 20-2 shows radiation patterns of three ports on the 27011145 antenna in
the horizontal and vertical directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 230


WLAN 20 27011145 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

Figure 20-2 Radiation pattern of the 27011145 antenna

20.2 27011145 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:
● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 231


WLAN 20 27011145 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

Figure 20-3 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 20-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Table 20-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 232


WLAN 20 27011145 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

20.3 27011145 Antenna Installation


The 27011145 antenna is an outdoor directional antenna. To obtain a better
performance and wider coverage, the antenna should be installed at high
positions away from metal obstacles, for example, building tops, mountaintops,
and tower tops. Its transmit end should not be blocked by obstacles.

In bridging scenarios, installation positions should not exceed wireless bridge


transmission distances.

20.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:

● 1 x 10 mm combination wrench

● 1 x 13 mm combination wrench

● 1 x inclinometer

Pole

● 1 x pole with a diameter of φ30 mm to φ114 mm

Antenna support assembly:

● Installation bracket: 1 PCS

● Toothed clamp: 1 PCS

● U-type bolt: 1 PCS

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 233


WLAN 20 27011145 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

● Nut

20.3.2 Pole Mounting


The 27011145 antenna is mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

Fixing the Antenna to the Pole


Carry out the following steps:
1. Fix the installation bracket to the antenna using the nut, spring washer, and
flat washer.

2. Secure the installation bracket, toothed clamp and U-type bolt on the pole.
Thread the U-type bolt through the fixing hole and graduated bracket and
then tighten screws, nuts, spring washers, and flat washers on both ends of
the U-type bolt (not tightly), as shown in the following figure.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 234


WLAN 20 27011145 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

3. Adjust the mechanical downtilt angle using one of the following two
methods.
– Method 1: Adjust the angle by sliding the U-type bolt along the bracket.
The pole must be kept vertical.
– Method 2: Use the inclinometer to determine the antenna angle. Then,
move the antenna to adjust its angle until the bead in the inclinometer is
at the middle. This method provides precise measurements.

4. Finally, tighten all nuts. The recommended torque is 12 N·m for M6 nuts and
25 N·m for M8 nuts.

Installing the Pole and Lightning Rod


Carry out the following steps:
1. Weld the lightning rod to the top of the antenna pole.
2. Install the antenna pole on a parapet or concrete bed on the roof of the
building.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 235


WLAN 20 27011145 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

3. Use a 40 mm x 4 mm flat piece of steel to connect the antenna pole to an


earth mat.
4. Secure the outdoor directional antenna to the pole using an antenna support.
5. Keep the pole vertical during the installation.
Take note of the following points when installing an outdoor directional antenna:
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of no less than 1.2 m
high, fix the pole on a parapet with expansion screws, and then fix the
outdoor directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of less than 1.2 m high,
fix one of the installation points of the pole on a parapet and the other
installation point to the roof with expansion screws, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna to the pole with an antenna support.
● If there are no parapets around the roof, fix the pole to the ground or a
concrete bed with expansion screws and steel wires, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
Figure 20-4 illustrates how an outdoor directional antenna and a pole are
installed.

Figure 20-4 Installing an outdoor directional antenna and a pole

The following figure shows the protection area of a lightning rod. The entire
antenna must be within the protection area.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 236


WLAN 20 27011145 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

If antennas are installed on a pole made of metal, such as steel, you do not need to install
a lightning rod, as shown on the right in the preceding figure.

Outdoor AP Installation Scenarios


Figure 20-5 shows outdoor AP installation scenarios. The distance between a 2.4
GHz antenna and a 5 GHz antenna must be more than 0.5 m.

Figure 20-5 Outdoor AP installation scenarios

20.3.3 Connecting RF Cables

RF Cable Connection Requirements


The radio interfaces of the same frequency band on an AP have silkscreens A, B,
and C, as shown in the following figure.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 237


WLAN 20 27011145 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP and tighten the
connector to the interface. The requirements on connections between the AP's
radio interfaces and antenna feeder cables are as follows:
● The feeder interfaces of an antenna must be connected to radio interfaces A,
B, and C of the same frequency band on an AP.
● On the rear of the 27011145 antenna, the letters V and H are used to
differentiate feeder interfaces of different polarization directions. Among the
radio interfaces of the same frequency band on an AP, interface A and
interface B are connected to feeder interfaces of different polarization
directions on an antenna, and interface C is connected to the remaining
feeder interface of the antenna.
The following figure shows the cable connections.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 238


WLAN 20 27011145 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until the tape
length is twice its original length. With each layer of tape wrap the cable
tightly and ensure that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath
it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 239


WLAN 20 27011145 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 240


WLAN 20 27011145 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

Table 20-3 Coaxial cables and connectors


Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance
Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 241


WLAN 20 27011145 Outdoor 5 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H15 V15 G19)

1. Peel the cable.


2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 242


WLAN 21 27011332 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V32 G3)

21 27011332 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-


Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360
V32 G3)

About This Chapter

21.1 27011332 Technical Specifications


21.2 27011332 Installation Precautions
21.3 27011332 Installing Antennas

21.1 27011332 Technical Specifications


The 27011332 omnidirectional antenna is named ANT2G03A1NR and applicable
to outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 21-1 shows the appearance of the 27011332 antenna.

Figure 21-1 Appearance of the 27011332 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 243


WLAN 21 27011332 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V32 G3)

Technical Specifications
Table 21-1 lists technical specifications of the 27011332 antenna.

Table 21-1 Technical specifications of the 27011332 antenna


Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500

Gain (dBi) 3

Coverage distance (m) 60

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 360

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 32

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤2

Polarization Vertical polarization

Connector N-male

Dimensions (mm) Length: 280±3

Weight (g) 218±10

Mounting mode Connected to APs

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● The coverage distance is a reference value in certain conditions. Plan an appropriate
distance value according to planning experience, local standards, and onsite
environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 21-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27011332 antenna in the horizontal
and vertical directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 244


WLAN 21 27011332 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V32 G3)

Figure 21-2 Radiation pattern of the 27011332 antenna

21.2 27011332 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:
● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 245


WLAN 21 27011332 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V32 G3)

Figure 21-3 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 21-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Table 21-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 246


WLAN 21 27011332 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V32 G3)

21.3 27011332 Installing Antennas


27011332 antennas are directly installed on APs.

NOTICE

● Connectors of 27011332 antennas must be installed in the right direction. You


should comply with the following installation instructions.
● To achieve the optimal coverage effect, it is recommended that you install the
omnidirectional antenna three to five meters above ground.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.

1. Install the wire thread insert to the antenna port on the AP. Ensure that the
two red surfaces in the following figure are on the same horizontal plane.

2. Manually tighten the wire thread insert in the direction of the arrow shown in
the following figure. Then use a torque wrench to tighten it with a tightening
torque of 10 N m to 15 N m.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 247


WLAN 21 27011332 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V32 G3)

If the two surfaces are not on the same horizontal plane when you tighten them, the
antenna cannot be tightened securely and signal transmission will be affected. In this case,
loosen the antenna and adjust its position and then tighten it again.

The following figure shows the antenna installation.

● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna


interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 248


WLAN 21 27011332 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V32 G3)

● Wrap the connectors in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer


waterproof tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until it is 1/2
the width as before. With each layer of tape wrap the cable tightly and ensure
that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 249


WLAN 22 27011333 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V20 G5)

22 27011333 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-


Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360
V20 G5)

About This Chapter

22.1 27011333 Technical Specifications


22.2 27011333 Installation Precautions
22.3 27011333 Installing Antennas

22.1 27011333 Technical Specifications


The 27011333 omnidirectional antenna is named ANT5G05A1NR and applicable
to outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 22-1 shows the appearance of the 27011333 antenna.

Figure 22-1 Appearance of the 27011333 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 250


WLAN 22 27011333 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V20 G5)

Technical Specifications
Table 22-1 lists technical specifications of the 27011333 antenna.

Table 22-1 Technical specifications of the 27011333 antenna


Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 5

Coverage radius (m) 60

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 360

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 20

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤2

Polarization Vertical polarization

Connector N-male

Dimensions (mm) Length: 280±3

Weight (g) 218±10

Mounting mode Connected to APs

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheet.
● The previous specifications list the coverage distance for reference only, which may vary
depending on specific conditions. Plan an appropriate distance value according to
planning experience, local standards, and onsite environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 22-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27011333 antenna in the horizontal
and vertical directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 251


WLAN 22 27011333 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V20 G5)

Figure 22-2 Radiation pattern of the 27011333 antenna

22.2 27011333 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:
● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 252


WLAN 22 27011333 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V20 G5)

Figure 22-3 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 22-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Table 22-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 253


WLAN 22 27011333 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V20 G5)

22.3 27011333 Installing Antennas


27011333 antennas are directly installed on APs.

NOTICE

● Connectors of 27011333 antennas must be installed in the right direction. You


should comply with the following installation instructions.
● To achieve the optimal coverage effect, it is recommended that you install the
omnidirectional antenna three to five meters above ground.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.

1. Install the wire thread insert to the antenna port on the AP. Ensure that the
two red surfaces in the following figure are on the same horizontal plane.

2. Manually tighten the wire thread insert in the direction of the arrow shown in
the following figure. Then use a torque wrench to tighten it with a tightening
torque of 10 N m to 15 N m.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 254


WLAN 22 27011333 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V20 G5)

If the two surfaces are not on the same horizontal plane when you tighten them, the
antenna cannot be tightened securely and signal transmission will be affected. In this case,
loosen the antenna and adjust its position and then tighten it again.

The following figure shows the antenna installation.

● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna


interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 255


WLAN 22 27011333 Outdoor 5 GHz Single-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V20 G5)

● Wrap the connectors in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer


waterproof tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until the tape
length is twice its original length. With each layer of tape wrap the cable
tightly and ensure that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath
it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 256


WLAN 23 27011618 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

23 27011618 Rail Transportation 5 GHz


Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H30
V30 G14)

About This Chapter

23.1 27011618 Technical Specifications


23.2 27011618 Installation Precautions
23.3 27011618 Antenna Installation

23.1 27011618 Technical Specifications


The 27011618 directional antenna is named ANT5G14D3NY and applicable to rail
transportation scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 23-1 shows the appearance of the 27011618 antenna.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 257


WLAN 23 27011618 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

Figure 23-1 Appearance of the 27011618 antenna

Technical Specifications
Table 23-1 lists technical specifications of the 27011618 antenna.

Table 23-1 Technical specifications of the 27011618 antenna


Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 14

Coverage distance (m) 140

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 30

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 30

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤2

Polarization Vertical polarization and ± 45-


degree polarization

Connector N-female*3

Dimensions (mm) Diameter x Length: φ84 x 257

Weight (g) 1220

Support pole diameter (mm) φ25–φ50

Mounting mode Pole mounting

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 258


WLAN 23 27011618 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 23-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27011618 antenna in the horizontal
and vertical directions.

Figure 23-2 Radiation pattern of port 1 on the 27011618 antenna

23.2 27011618 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:

● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 259


WLAN 23 27011618 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

23.3 27011618 Antenna Installation


The 27011618 antenna is a directional antenna applicable to outdoor and rail
transportation scenarios.

23.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:
● Torque socket (M8)

● Hex key (M6)

● Level

Other accessories:

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 260


WLAN 23 27011618 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

Nam Anten Stainl V- V- Stainl Stainl Stainl Sprin Hex


e na ess type type ess ess ess g socke
asse steel pole pole steel steel steel wash t
mbly U- moun moun flat sprin hex er screw
(inclu type t t wash g nut (M6)
ding bolt socke socke er wash (M8)
the (M8) t t (M8) er
moun (with (M8)
ting holes
brack )
et)

Quan 1 2 1 1 4 4 8 1 1
tity

23.3.2 Pole Mounting


The 27011618 antenna is mounted on a pole.

Procedure
1. Secure the V-type pole mount socket on the pole using stainless steel U-type
bolts. Thread the U-type bolt through fixing holes and tighten screws, nuts,
flat washers, and spring washers.

2. Ensure that the installation direction complies with the "UP" mark.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 261


WLAN 23 27011618 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

23.3.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP using an RF transit
cable (sold separately) and tighten the connector to the interface. A 1 N m
tightening torque is recommended for the type-N connector.
The following table lists the RF transit cables and connectors used.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 262


WLAN 23 27011618 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

AP Coa Coaxi Cable Appearance


Typ xial al Loss
e Cab Conne
le ctor

AP8 RG- Type- ● 2400


130 8U N MHz
DN cabl male to
e conne 2483.5
(25 ctor MHz:
070 (1404 26.8
009 0184) dB /
) 100 m
● 4920
Mhz to
5825
Mhz:
41.8
dB /
100 m

1/2" Type- ● 2400


(inc N MHz
h) male to
sup conne 2483.5
er- ctor MHz:
flexi (1404 18.1
ble 0150) dB /
cabl 100 m
e ● 4920
(25 Mhz to
070 5825
076 Mhz:
) 30
dB /
100 m

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 263


WLAN 23 27011618 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

AP Coa Coaxi Cable Appearance


Typ xial al Loss
e Cab Conne
le ctor

AP9 RF - ● 2.4
131 tran (No GHz to
DN/ sit cable 2.5
AP9 cabl needs GHz: <
132 e to be 0.9 dB
DN (04 made ● 4.9
130 onsite. GHz to
714, ) 6
0.5 GHz:<
m) 1.3 dB
con
nect
ing
a
QM
A-J
con
nect
or
to
an
N-J
con
nect
or.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 264


WLAN 23 27011618 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

AP Coa Coaxi Cable Appearance


Typ xial al Loss
e Cab Conne
le ctor

RF ● 2.4
tran GHz to
sit 2.5
cabl GHz: <
e 2.3 dB
(04 ● 4.9
130 GHz to
714 6 GHz:
-00 < 3.2
1, 3 dB
m)
con
nect
ing
a
QM
A-J
con
nect
or
to
an
N-J
con
nect
or.

The requirements on connections between the antenna and the AP's radio
interfaces are as follows:
● Feeders of the same antenna must be connected to radio interfaces of the
corresponding frequency bands on the same AP.
● Feeder ports whose polarization directions are +45° and -45° on an antenna
are connected to radio interfaces A and B of an AP respectively, and the
feeder port whose polarization direction is 90°is connected to radio interface
C of the AP.
Take the AP9132DN as an example. The following figure shows the RF cable
connection on the AP9132DN.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 265


WLAN 23 27011618 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until it is 1/2
the width as before. With each layer of tape wrap the cable tightly and ensure
that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 266


WLAN 23 27011618 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When connecting the AP8130DN, you need to assemble the type-N male
connector and 1/2" (inch) super-flexible feeder cable onsite in the following way:

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable

1. Peel the cable.


2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable

1. Peel the cable.


2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 267


WLAN 24 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

24 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4


GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna
(H35 V35 G12)

About This Chapter

24.1 27011619 Technical Specifications


24.2 27011619 Installation Precautions
24.3 27011619 Antenna Installation

24.1 27011619 Technical Specifications


The 27011619 directional antenna is named ANT2G12D2NY and applicable to rail
transportation scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 24-1 shows the appearance of the 27011619 antenna.

Figure 24-1 Appearance of the 27011619 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 268


WLAN 24 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

Technical Specifications
Table 24-1 lists technical specifications of the 27011619 antenna.

Table 24-1 Technical specifications of the 27011619 antenna

Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500

Gain (dBi) 12

Coverage distance (m) 150

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 35

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 35

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤2

Polarization Horizontal polarization and vertical


polarization

Connector N-female*2

Dimensions (mm) Diameter x Length: φ84 x 385

Weight (g) 1220

Support pole diameter (mm) φ25–φ50

Mounting mode Pole mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 24-2 and Figure 24-3 show radiation patterns of the two ports on the
27011619 antenna in the horizontal and vertical directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 269


WLAN 24 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

Figure 24-2 Radiation pattern of port 1 on the 27011619 antenna

Figure 24-3 Radiation pattern of port 2 on the 27011619 antenna

24.2 27011619 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:

● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 270


WLAN 24 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

24.3 27011619 Antenna Installation


The 27011619 antenna is a directional antenna applicable to outdoor and rail
transportation scenarios.

24.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:
● Torque socket (M8)

● Hex key (M6)

● Level

Other accessories:

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 271


WLAN 24 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

Nam Stainl V- V- Stainl Stainl Stainl Sprin Hex Anten


e ess type type ess ess ess g socke na
steel pole pole steel steel steel wash t asse
U- moun moun flat sprin hex er screw mbly
type t t wash g nut (M6) (inclu
bolt socke socke er wash (M8) ding
(M8) t t (M8) er the
(with (M8) moun
holes ting
) brack
et)

Quan 2 1 1 4 4 8 1 1 1
tity

24.3.2 Pole Mounting


The 27011619 antenna can be mounted on a pole.

Procedure
1. Secure the V-type pole mount socket on the pole using stainless steel U-type
bolts. Tighten nuts, flat washers, and spring washers.

2. Ensure that the installation direction complies with the "UP" mark.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 272


WLAN 24 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

24.3.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP using an RF transit
cable (sold separately) and tighten the connector to the interface. A 1 N m
tightening torque is recommended for the type-N connector.
The following table lists the RF transit cables and connectors used.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 273


WLAN 24 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

AP Coa Coaxi Cable Appearance


Typ xial al Loss
e Cab Conne
le ctor

AP8 RG- Type- ● 2400


130 8U N MHz
DN cabl male to
e conne 2483.5
(25 ctor MHz:
070 (1404 26.8
009 0184) dB /
) 100 m
● 4920
Mhz to
5825
Mhz:
41.8
dB /
100 m

1/2" Type- ● 2400


(inc N MHz
h) male to
sup conne 2483.5
er- ctor MHz:
flexi (1404 18.1
ble 0150) dB /
cabl 100 m
e ● 4920
(25 Mhz to
070 5825
076 Mhz:
) 30
dB /
100 m

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 274


WLAN 24 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

AP Coa Coaxi Cable Appearance


Typ xial al Loss
e Cab Conne
le ctor

AP9 RF - ● 2.4
131 tran (No GHz to
DN/ sit cable 2.5
AP9 cabl needs GHz: <
132 e to be 0.9 dB
DN (04 made ● 4.9
130 onsite. GHz to
714, ) 6
0.5 GHz:<
m) 1.3 dB
con
nect
ing
a
QM
A-J
con
nect
or
to
an
N-J
con
nect
or.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 275


WLAN 24 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

AP Coa Coaxi Cable Appearance


Typ xial al Loss
e Cab Conne
le ctor

RF ● 2.4
tran GHz to
sit 2.5
cabl GHz: <
e 2.3 dB
(04 ● 4.9
130 GHz to
714 6 GHz:
-00 < 3.2
1, 3 dB
m)
con
nect
ing
a
QM
A-J
con
nect
or
to
an
N-J
con
nect
or.

The requirements on connections between the antenna and the AP's radio
interfaces are as follows:

AP Model Principle for RF Cable Connection

AP8130DN ● Feeders of the same antenna must be connected to radio


interfaces of the corresponding frequency bands on the same
AP.
● Two ports on the antenna are connected to radio interfaces A
and B of the AP, and an RF load should be connected to radio
interface C of the AP.

AP9131DN Two ports on the antenna are connected to radio interfaces


2.4G/5G-B and 2.4G/5G-C of the AP, and an RF load should be
connected to radio interface 2.4G/5G-A of the AP.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 276


WLAN 24 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

AP Model Principle for RF Cable Connection

AP9132DN ● When the antenna transmits 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz signals
simultaneously on a radio interface, two ports on the
antenna are connected to radio interfaces 2.4G/5G-B and
2.4G/5G-C of the AP respectively, and an RF load should be
connected to radio interface 2.4G/5G-A of the AP.
● When the antenna transmits only 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz signals
on a radio interface, two ports on the antenna are connected
to radio interfaces 2.4G-A and 2.4G-B of the AP, and an RF
load should be connected to radio interface 2.4G-C of the AP
to transmit 2.4 GHz signals.

Take the AP9131DN as an example. The following figure shows the RF cable
connection on the AP9131DN.

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until the tape
length is twice its original length. With each layer of tape wrap the cable
tightly and ensure that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath
it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 277


WLAN 24 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When connecting the AP8130DN, you need to assemble the type-N male
connector and 1/2" (inch) super-flexible feeder cable onsite in the following way:
Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 278


WLAN 24 27011619 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 279


25 27011668 Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Single-
WLAN Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V33 G4
Antenna Quick Start and H360 V22 G7)

25 27011668 Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5


GHz Single-Polarized Omnidirectional
Antenna (H360 V33 G4 and H360 V22 G7)

About This Chapter

25.1 27011668 Technical Specifications


25.2 27011668 Installation Precautions
25.3 27011668 Installing Antennas

25.1 27011668 Technical Specifications


The 27011668 omnidirectional antenna is named ANTDG0407A1NR and
applicable to outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 25-1 shows the appearance of the 27011668 antenna.

Figure 25-1 Appearance of the 27011668 antenna

Technical Specifications
Table 25-1 lists technical specifications of the 27011668 antenna.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 280


25 27011668 Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Single-
WLAN Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V33 G4
Antenna Quick Start and H360 V22 G7)

Table 25-1 Technical specifications of the 27011668 antenna


Item Value (2.4G) Value (5G)

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 4 7

Coverage distance (m) 70 70

Horizontal lobe width 360 360


(degrees)

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 33 22

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤2 ≤2

Polarization Single polarization

Connector N-male

Dimensions (mm) Diameter x Length: φ23.8 x 275

Weight (g) 106

Mounting mode Connected to APs

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheet.
● The previous specifications list the coverage distance for reference only, which may vary
depending on specific conditions. Plan an appropriate distance value according to
planning experience, local standards, and onsite environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 25-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27011668 antenna in the horizontal
and vertical directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 281


25 27011668 Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Single-
WLAN Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V33 G4
Antenna Quick Start and H360 V22 G7)

Figure 25-2 Radiation pattern of the 27011668 antenna

25.2 27011668 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:
● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 282


25 27011668 Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Single-
WLAN Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V33 G4
Antenna Quick Start and H360 V22 G7)

Figure 25-3 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 25-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Table 25-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 283


25 27011668 Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Single-
WLAN Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V33 G4
Antenna Quick Start and H360 V22 G7)

25.3 27011668 Installing Antennas


27011668 antennas are directly installed on APs. You only need to tighten nuts.

The following figure shows the antenna installation.

● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna


interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the connectors in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer
waterproof tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until it is 1/2
the width as before. With each layer of tape wrap the cable tightly and ensure
that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 284


25 27011668 Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Single-
WLAN Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V33 G4
Antenna Quick Start and H360 V22 G7)

To achieve the optimal coverage effect, it is recommended that you install the
omnidirectional antenna three to five meters above ground.
When installing an antenna, tightly hold the antenna connector and tighten it using a
torque wrench. The recommended tightening torque is 0.8 N m to 1.0 N m.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 285


26 27011792 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H75 V55 G4 and H75
Antenna Quick Start V50 G6)

26 27011792 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz


Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H75
V55 G4 and H75 V50 G6)

About This Chapter

26.1 27011792 Technical Specifications


26.2 27011792 Antenna Installation

26.1 27011792 Technical Specifications


The 27011792 directional antenna is named ANTDG0406D2SS and applicable to
indoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 26-1 and Figure 26-2 show the appearance of the 27011792 antenna.

Figure 26-1 Appearance of the 27011792 antenna (1)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 286


26 27011792 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H75 V55 G4 and H75
Antenna Quick Start V50 G6)

Figure 26-2 Appearance of the 27011792 antenna (2)

Technical Specifications
Table 26-1 lists technical specifications of the 27011792 antenna.

Table 26-1 Technical specifications of the 27011792 antenna


Item Value (2.4G) Value (5G)

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 4 6

Coverage distance (m) 70 70

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 75 75

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 55 50

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤2 ≤2

Polarization Horizontal polarization and vertical


polarization

Connector SMA-K*2

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 25 x 86 x 86

Weight (g) 70±10

Mounting mode Wall mounting

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 287


26 27011792 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H75 V55 G4 and H75
Antenna Quick Start V50 G6)

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 26-3 and Figure 26-4 show radiation patterns of the two ports on the
27011792 antenna in the horizontal and vertical directions.

Figure 26-3 Radiation pattern of port 1 on the 27011792 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 288


26 27011792 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H75 V55 G4 and H75
Antenna Quick Start V50 G6)

Figure 26-4 Radiation pattern of port 2 on the 27011792 antenna

26.2 27011792 Antenna Installation


The 27011792 antenna is an indoor directional antenna. It applies to scenarios
that require small coverage angles but long coverage distances. Typical scenarios
include corridors in hospitals or airports.

26.2.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:

● Hammer drill (φ6 and φ23)

● Phillips screwdriver

● Rubber mallet

Other accessories:

● Screw components: 2 screws and 2 expansion bolts

26.2.2 Wall Mounting


The 27011792 antenna is mounted on a wall. Different directions of outgoing RF
cables result in two installation methods: outgoing direction parallel with the wall
and outgoing direction vertical to the wall.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 289


26 27011792 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H75 V55 G4 and H75
Antenna Quick Start V50 G6)

Outgoing Direction Vertical to the Wall


1. Drill holes on the wall in compliance with the sizes shown in the following
figure.

2. Place expansion bolts into the ø6 mm holes and thread screws through
mounting holes of the antenna.
3. Thread the RF cable through the ø23 mm hole. After connecting cables, use
screws to fix the antenna on the wall.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 290


26 27011792 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H75 V55 G4 and H75
Antenna Quick Start V50 G6)

Outgoing Direction Parallel with the Wall


1. Drill holes on the wall in compliance with the sizes shown in the following
figure.

2. Place expansion bolts into the ø6 mm holes and thread screws through
mounting holes of the antenna.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 291


26 27011792 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H75 V55 G4 and H75
Antenna Quick Start V50 G6)

3. Connect the RF cable to the plastic plug. After connecting cables, use screws
to fix the antenna on the wall.

26.2.3 Connecting RF Cables


Procedure
1. Remove covers on external antenna ports of APs to expose RP-SMA female
connectors.
2. Connect SMA male connectors of feeder cables to ANT ports on APs.

RF Cable Photos

Figure 26-5 RF cables

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 292


26 27011792 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H75 V55 G4 and H75
Antenna Quick Start V50 G6)

Figure 26-6 Labels

You can use the following RF transit cables.

Part Number Cable Length Interface Description

04130532 5m SMA-J/RP-SMA-J

04130532-001 10 m

04130532-002 15 m

● Connectors on the two ends of an RF cable are different. You should connect the AP side
connector to the AP and the antenna side connector to the antenna.
● The longer the feeder cable, the weaker the signal strength within the antenna coverage
range. The cabling method in Figure 26-7 is recommended. The feeder cable should be
as short as possible. The 15-meter feeder cable is not recommended.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 293


26 27011792 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H75 V55 G4 and H75
Antenna Quick Start V50 G6)

Figure 26-7 Cabling of feeder cables

In dual-band and double-stream scenarios, ensure that the two antenna ports with the
same number on the AP9330DN are connected to the same antenna.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 294


27 27012045 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz
WLAN Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H75 V65 G5.5
Antenna Quick Start & H80 V40 G6)

27 27012045 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz


& 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna
(H75 V65 G5.5 & H80 V40 G6)

About This Chapter

27.1 27012045 Technical Specifications


27.2 27012045 Antenna Installation

27.1 27012045 Technical Specifications


The 27012045 directional antenna is named ANTDG0606D3NR and applicable to
wireless coverage on vehicles.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 27-1 shows the appearance of the 27012045 antenna.

Figure 27-1 Appearance of the 27012045 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 295


27 27012045 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz
WLAN Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H75 V65 G5.5
Antenna Quick Start & H80 V40 G6)

Technical Specifications
Table 27-1 lists technical specifications of the 27012045 antenna.

Table 27-1 Technical specifications of the 27012045 antenna


Item Value (2.4G) Value (5G)

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 5.5 6

Coverage distance (m) 80 70

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 75 80

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 65 40

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤2 ≤2

Polarization Horizontal, vertical, and cross polarization

Connector QMA-male*3

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 35 x 140 x 100

Weight (g) 260

Mounting mode Wall mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
The following figure shows the radiation pattern of the 27012045 antenna in the
horizontal and vertical directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 296


27 27012045 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz
WLAN Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H75 V65 G5.5
Antenna Quick Start & H80 V40 G6)

Figure 27-2 Radiation pattern of the 27012045 antenna

27.2 27012045 Antenna Installation


The 27012045 antenna is a vehicle-mounted directional antenna and applicable to
wireless coverage on vehicles.

27.2.1 Accessories and Tools


The following accessories and tools are required for installing the 27012045
antenna.
● One screwdriver

27.2.2 Wall Mounting


The 27012045 antenna can be mounted on a wall in a vehicle.

● Determine the antenna mounting method according to onsite situations.


● Select the proper outlet direction for the feeder, preventing small-angle bending of the
feeder.

1. Select a suitable mounting position on the inner wall of a vehicle based on


the positions and dimensions of mounting holes of the antenna, as shown in
the following figure (unit: mm).

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 297


27 27012045 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz
WLAN Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H75 V65 G5.5
Antenna Quick Start & H80 V40 G6)

2. Fix the antenna on the inner wall of the vehicle using four screws.

27.2.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
Connect three feeder ports A, B, and C of the antenna to radio interfaces A, B, and
C of the corresponding frequency bands on the AP.

If the AP9132DN is used to transmit only 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz signals on a radio
interface, connect the 2.4 GHz antenna following the instructions in the figure
below.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 298


27 27012045 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz
WLAN Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H75 V65 G5.5
Antenna Quick Start & H80 V40 G6)

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 299


WLAN 28 27012046 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

28 27012046 Rail Transportation 5 GHz


Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H30
V30 G14)

About This Chapter

28.1 27012046 Technical Specifications


28.2 27012046 Antenna Installation

28.1 27012046 Technical Specifications


The 27012046 directional antenna is named ANT5G14D3NW and applicable to
vehicle-ground communication scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 28-1 shows the appearance of the 27012046 antenna.

Figure 28-1 Appearance of the 27012046 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 300


WLAN 28 27012046 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

Technical Specifications
Table 28-1 lists technical specifications of the 27012046 antenna.

Table 28-1 Technical specifications of the 27012046 antenna


Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 14

Coverage distance (m) 140

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 30

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 30

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤2

Polarization Vertical and cross polarization

Connector N-female*3

Dimensions (mm) Diameter x Length: φ84 x 257

Weight (g) 1220

Mounting mode Wall mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
The following figures show radiation patterns of three ports on the 27012046
antenna in the horizontal and vertical directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 301


WLAN 28 27012046 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

Figure 28-2 Radiation pattern of port 1 on the 27012046 antenna

Figure 28-3 Radiation pattern of port 2 on the 27012046 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 302


WLAN 28 27012046 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

Figure 28-4 Radiation pattern of port 3 on the 27012046 antenna

28.2 27012046 Antenna Installation


The 27012046 antenna is a directional antenna. It can be installed on an inner
wall of a tunnel and in vehicle-ground backhaul scenarios.

28.2.1 Accessories and Tools


The following accessories and tools are required for installing the 27012046
antenna.

Accessory/Tool Quant Picture


ity

Torque socket (M6) 1 PCS

Level 1 PCS

Rubber mallet 1 PCS

Hammer drill (the 1 PCS


drill bit diameter is 8
mm)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 303


WLAN 28 27012046 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

Accessory/Tool Quant Picture


ity

Sheet metal 1 PCS


mounting bracket

Expansion bolts (M6 4 sets


x 60)

28.2.2 Wall Mounting


Precautions
Take note of the following points when installing this antenna:
● The distance between the installation height and the height of antennas of
vehicle-mounted APs is within 30 cm. It is recommended that it is 20 cm
higher than the height of antennas of vehicle-mounted APs.
● The tubular center axis of the antenna is paralleled with the rail and the
angle between the antenna and wall is less than 1°. Do not incline the
antenna towards the wall.
● If you customize mounting brackets, ensure that the distance between the
center axis of the antenna and the installation wall is at least 15 cm.

Wall Mounting
1. Fix the mounting bracket to the wall, adjust the installation position using a
level, and mark positions of four mounting holes.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 304


WLAN 28 27012046 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

2. Use a hammer drill to drill holes at the four marked positions. Screw the nut
into the expansion bolt, hammer the expansion bolt into a hole until the flat
washer is closely attached to the wall. Remove the nut, spring washer, and
flat washer in order.

3. Fix the antenna onto the mounting bracket, fit flat washers, spring washers,
and nuts in order, and tighten the nuts (the tightening torque is 5 N m).
Stretch the feeder port out of the hole of the mounting bracket.
4. Pinch the mounting bracket on the expansion bolts, fit flat washers, spring
washers, and nuts in order, and tighten the nuts (the tightening torque is 5 N
m).

28.2.3 Connecting RF Cables

RF Cable Connection
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP using an RF transit
cable (sold separately) and tighten the connector to the interface. A 1 N m
tightening torque is recommended for the type-N connector.

The following table lists the RF transit cables and connectors used.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 305


WLAN 28 27012046 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

AP Coa Coaxi Cable Appearance


Typ xial al Loss
e Cab Conne
le ctor

AP8 RG- Type- ● 2400


130 8U N MHz
DN cabl male to
e conne 2483.5
(25 ctor MHz:
070 (1404 26.8
009 0184) dB /
) 100 m
● 4920
Mhz to
5825
Mhz:
41.8
dB /
100 m

1/2" Type- ● 2400


(inc N MHz
h) male to
sup conne 2483.5
er- ctor MHz:
flexi (1404 18.1
ble 0150) dB /
cabl 100 m
e ● 4920
(25 Mhz to
070 5825
076 Mhz:
) 30
dB /
100 m

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 306


WLAN 28 27012046 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

AP Coa Coaxi Cable Appearance


Typ xial al Loss
e Cab Conne
le ctor

AP9 RF - ● 2.4
131 tran (No GHz to
DN/ sit cable 2.5
AP9 cabl needs GHz: <
132 e to be 0.9 dB
DN (04 made ● 4.9
130 onsite. GHz to
714, ) 6
0.5 GHz:<
m) 1.3 dB
con
nect
ing
a
QM
A-J
con
nect
or
to
an
N-J
con
nect
or.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 307


WLAN 28 27012046 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

AP Coa Coaxi Cable Appearance


Typ xial al Loss
e Cab Conne
le ctor

RF ● 2.4
tran GHz to
sit 2.5
cabl GHz: <
e 2.3 dB
(04 ● 4.9
130 GHz to
714 6 GHz:
-00 < 3.2
1, 3 dB
m)
con
nect
ing
a
QM
A-J
con
nect
or
to
an
N-J
con
nect
or.

The requirements on connections between the antenna and the AP's radio
interfaces are as follows:
● Feeders of the same antenna must be connected to radio interfaces of the
corresponding frequency bands on the same AP.
● Feeder ports whose polarization directions are +45° and -45° on an antenna
are connected to radio interfaces A and B of an AP respectively, and the
feeder port whose polarization direction is 90°is connected to radio interface
C of the AP.
Take the AP9132DN as an example. The following figure shows the RF cable
connection on the AP9132DN.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 308


WLAN 28 27012046 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until it is 1/2
the width as before. With each layer of tape wrap the cable tightly and ensure
that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 309


WLAN 28 27012046 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H30 V30 G14)

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When connecting the AP8130DN, you need to assemble the type-N male
connector and 1/2" (inch) super-flexible feeder cable onsite in the following way:

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable

1. Peel the cable.


2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable

1. Peel the cable.


2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 310


WLAN 29 27012048 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

29 27012048 Rail Transportation 2.4


GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna
(H35 V35 G12)

About This Chapter

29.1 27012048 Technical Specifications


29.2 27012048 Antenna Installation

29.1 27012048 Technical Specifications


The 27012048 directional antenna is named ANT2G12D2NW and applicable to
vehicle-ground communication scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 29-1 shows the appearance of the 27012048 antenna.

Figure 29-1 Appearance of the 27012048 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 311


WLAN 29 27012048 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

Technical Specifications
Table 29-1 lists technical specifications of the 27012048 antenna.

Table 29-1 Technical specifications of the 27012048 antenna


Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500

Gain (dBi) 12

Coverage distance (m) 150

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 35

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 35

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤2

Polarization Vertical and horizontal polarization

Connector 2 x N-female

Dimensions (mm) Diameter x Length: φ84 x 385

Weight (g) 1220

Support pole diameter (mm) φ25–φ50

Mounting mode Wall mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
The following figures show radiation patterns of two ports on the 27012048
antenna in the horizontal and vertical directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 312


WLAN 29 27012048 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

Figure 29-2 Radiation pattern of port 1 on the 27012048 antenna

Figure 29-3 Radiation pattern of port 2 on the 27012048 antenna

29.2 27012048 Antenna Installation


The 27012048 antenna is a directional antenna. It can be installed on an inner
wall of a tunnel and in vehicle-ground backhaul scenarios.

29.2.1 Accessories and Tools


The following accessories and tools are required for installing the 27012048
antenna.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 313


WLAN 29 27012048 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

Accessory/Tool Quant Picture


ity

Torque socket (M6) 1 PCS

Level 1 PCS

Rubber mallet 1 PCS

Hammer drill (the 1 PCS


drill bit diameter is 8
mm)

Sheet metal 1 PCS


mounting bracket

Expansion bolts (M6 4 sets


x 60)

29.2.2 Wall Mounting

Precautions
Pay attention to the following points when installing this antenna:

● The distance between the installation height and the height of antennas of
vehicle-mounted APs is less than 30 cm. It is recommended that it be installed
at a position 20 cm higher than the antennas of vehicle-mounted APs.
● The tubular central axis of the antenna is horizontally paralleled with the rails
and the angle between the antenna and wall is less than 1°. Do not incline
the antenna towards the wall.
● If you customize mounting brackets, ensure that the distance between the
central axis of the antenna and the installation wall is no less than 15 cm.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 314


WLAN 29 27012048 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

Wall Mounting
1. Fix the mounting bracket to the wall, adjust the installation position using a
level, and mark positions of four mounting holes.

2. Use a hammer drill to drill holes at the four marked positions. Screw the nut
into the expansion bolt, hammer the expansion bolt into a hole until the flat
washer is closely attached to the wall. Remove the nut, spring washer, and
flat washer in order.

3. Fix the antenna onto the mounting bracket, fit flat washers, spring washers,
and nuts in order, and tighten the nuts (the tightening torque is 5 N m).
Stretch the feeder port out of the hole of the mounting bracket.
4. Pinch the mounting bracket on the expansion bolts, fit flat washers, spring
washers, and nuts in order, and tighten the nuts (the tightening torque is 5 N
m).

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 315


WLAN 29 27012048 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

29.2.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP using an RF transit
cable (sold separately) and tighten the connector to the interface. A 1 N m
tightening torque is recommended for the type-N connector.
The following table lists the RF transit cables and connectors used.

AP Coa Coaxi Cable Appearance


Typ xial al Loss
e Cab Conne
le ctor

AP8 RG- Type- ● 2400


130 8U N MHz
DN cabl male to
e conne 2483.5
(25 ctor MHz:
070 (1404 26.8
009 0184) dB /
) 100 m
● 4920
Mhz to
5825
Mhz:
41.8
dB /
100 m

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 316


WLAN 29 27012048 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

AP Coa Coaxi Cable Appearance


Typ xial al Loss
e Cab Conne
le ctor

1/2" Type- ● 2400


(inc N MHz
h) male to
sup conne 2483.5
er- ctor MHz:
flexi (1404 18.1
ble 0150) dB /
cabl 100 m
e ● 4920
(25 Mhz to
070 5825
076 Mhz:
) 30
dB /
100 m

AP9 RF - ● 2.4
131 tran (No GHz to
DN/ sit cable 2.5
AP9 cabl needs GHz: <
132 e to be 0.9 dB
DN (04 made ● 4.9
130 onsite. GHz to
714, ) 6
0.5 GHz:<
m) 1.3 dB
con
nect
ing
a
QM
A-J
con
nect
or
to
an
N-J
con
nect
or.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 317


WLAN 29 27012048 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

AP Coa Coaxi Cable Appearance


Typ xial al Loss
e Cab Conne
le ctor

RF ● 2.4
tran GHz to
sit 2.5
cabl GHz: <
e 2.3 dB
(04 ● 4.9
130 GHz to
714 6 GHz:
-00 < 3.2
1, 3 dB
m)
con
nect
ing
a
QM
A-J
con
nect
or
to
an
N-J
con
nect
or.

The requirements on connections between the antenna and the AP's radio
interfaces are as follows:

AP Model Principle for RF Cable Connection

AP8130DN ● Feeders of the same antenna must be connected to radio


interfaces of the corresponding frequency bands on the same
AP.
● Two ports on the antenna are connected to radio interfaces A
and B of the AP, and an RF load should be connected to radio
interface C of the AP.

AP9131DN Two ports on the antenna are connected to radio interfaces


2.4G/5G-B and 2.4G/5G-C of the AP, and an RF load should be
connected to radio interface 2.4G/5G-A of the AP.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 318


WLAN 29 27012048 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

AP Model Principle for RF Cable Connection

AP9132DN ● When the antenna transmits 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz signals
simultaneously on a radio interface, two ports on the
antenna are connected to radio interfaces 2.4G/5G-B and
2.4G/5G-C of the AP respectively, and an RF load should be
connected to radio interface 2.4G/5G-A of the AP.
● When the antenna transmits only 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz signals
on a radio interface, two ports on the antenna are connected
to radio interfaces 2.4G-A and 2.4G-B of the AP, and an RF
load should be connected to radio interface 2.4G-C of the AP
to transmit 2.4 GHz signals.

Take the AP9131DN as an example. The following figure shows the RF cable
connection on the AP9131DN.

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until the tape
length is twice its original length. With each layer of tape wrap the cable
tightly and ensure that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath
it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 319


WLAN 29 27012048 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When connecting the AP8130DN, you need to assemble the type-N male
connector and 1/2" (inch) super-flexible feeder cable onsite in the following way:
Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 320


WLAN 29 27012048 Rail Transportation 2.4 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12)

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 321


WLAN 30 27012050 Vehicle-Mounted 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H70 V35 G9)

30 27012050 Vehicle-Mounted 5 GHz


Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H70
V35 G9)

About This Chapter

30.1 27012050 Technical Specifications


30.2 27012050 Antenna Installation

30.1 27012050 Technical Specifications


The 27012050 directional antenna is named ANT5G09D3QC and applicable to
wireless coverage on vehicles.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 30-1 shows the appearance of the 27012050 antenna.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 322


WLAN 30 27012050 Vehicle-Mounted 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H70 V35 G9)

Figure 30-1 Appearance of the 27012050 antenna

Technical Specifications
Table 30-1 lists technical specifications of the 27012050 antenna.

Table 30-1 Technical specifications of the 27012050 antenna


Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 9

Coverage distance (m) 90

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 70

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 35

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤2

Polarization Horizontal, vertical, and cross


polarization

Connector 3 x QMA-male

Dimensions (mm) Diameter x Length: φ110 x 33

Weight (g) 240

Mounting mode Wall mounting

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 323


WLAN 30 27012050 Vehicle-Mounted 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H70 V35 G9)

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
The following figure shows the radiation pattern of the 27012050 antenna in the
horizontal and vertical directions.

Figure 30-2 Radiation pattern of the 27012050 antenna

30.2 27012050 Antenna Installation


The 27012050 antenna is a vehicle-mounted directional antenna and applicable to
wireless coverage on vehicles.

30.2.1 Accessories and Tools


The following accessories and tools are required for installing the 27012050
antenna.

● One screwdriver

30.2.2 Wall Mounting


The 27012050 antenna can be mounted on a wall in a vehicle.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 324


WLAN 30 27012050 Vehicle-Mounted 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H70 V35 G9)

● Determine the antenna mounting method according to onsite situations.


● Select the proper outlet direction for the feeder, preventing small-angle bending of the
feeder.

1. Select a suitable mounting position on the inner wall of a vehicle based on


the positions and dimensions of mounting holes of the antenna, as shown in
the following figure (unit: mm).

2. Fix the antenna on the inner wall of the vehicle using three screws.

30.2.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection
Connect three feeder ports A, B, and C of the antenna to radio interfaces A, B, and
C of the corresponding frequency bands on the AP.

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 325


31 27012075 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz
WLAN Single-Polarized Directional Antenna (H80 V40 G4 &
Antenna Quick Start H80 V40 G6)

31 27012075 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz


& 5 GHz Single-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H80 V40 G4 & H80 V40 G6)

About This Chapter

31.1 27012075 Technical Specifications


31.2 27012075 Antenna Installation

31.1 27012075 Technical Specifications


The 27012075 directional antenna is named C15N15Z100DK and applicable to
wireless coverage on vehicles.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 31-1 shows the appearance of the 27012075 antenna.

Figure 31-1 Appearance of the 27012075 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 326


31 27012075 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz
WLAN Single-Polarized Directional Antenna (H80 V40 G4 &
Antenna Quick Start H80 V40 G6)

Technical Specifications
Table 31-1 lists technical specifications of the 27012075 antenna.

Table 31-1 Technical specifications of the 27012075 antenna


Item Value (2.4G) Value (5G)

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 4 6

Coverage distance (m) 70 70

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 80 80

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 40 40

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤2 ≤2

Polarization Vertical polarization

Connector SMA-K

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 23 x 86 x 86

Weight (g) 65

Mounting mode Wall mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
The following figure shows the radiation pattern of the 27012075 antenna in the
horizontal and vertical directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 327


31 27012075 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz
WLAN Single-Polarized Directional Antenna (H80 V40 G4 &
Antenna Quick Start H80 V40 G6)

Figure 31-2 Radiation pattern of the 27012075 antenna

31.2 27012075 Antenna Installation


The 27012075 antenna is a vehicle-mounted directional antenna and applicable to
wireless coverage on vehicles.

31.2.1 Accessories and Tools


The following accessories and tools are required for installing the 27012075
antenna.
● One screwdriver

31.2.2 Wall Mounting


The 27012075 antenna can be mounted on a wall indoors or in a vehicle. The
following describes how to mount the antenna to a wall indoors. The method of
mounting the antenna in a vehicle is determined according to onsite situations.
1. Select a suitable mounting position on the wall based on the positions and
dimensions of mounting holes of the antenna, as shown in the following
figure (unit: mm).

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 328


31 27012075 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz
WLAN Single-Polarized Directional Antenna (H80 V40 G4 &
Antenna Quick Start H80 V40 G6)

2. Drill holes at the marked positions and install the plastic expansion tubes.

a. Use a 6 mm drill bit to drill holes at the marked positions.


b. Hammer the plastic expansion tubes into the holes.
3. Connect the RF cable and close the rear cover of the antenna. For details, see
31.2.3 Connecting RF Cables.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 329


31 27012075 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz
WLAN Single-Polarized Directional Antenna (H80 V40 G4 &
Antenna Quick Start H80 V40 G6)

4. Use screws to fix the antenna to plastic expansion tubes on the wall (with a
torque of 0.3 N m).

5. Close the front cover.

31.2.3 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP using an RF transit
cable (sold separately) and tighten the connector to the interface. The
recommended tightening torque is 1 N·m.
Tighten the connector according to the following figure. Avoid rotating the cable
with the connector; otherwise, the core wires of the cable may be damaged.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 330


31 27012075 Vehicle-Mounted 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz
WLAN Single-Polarized Directional Antenna (H80 V40 G4 &
Antenna Quick Start H80 V40 G6)

The following table lists RF transit cables.

Transit Cable Cable Length Interface Description

04130713 5m SMA-J / QMA-J

04130713-001 10 m

04130713-002 15 m

The longer the feeder, the weaker the signal strength within the antenna coverage range.
You are advised to use short feeders based on the actual situation. The 15-meter feeder
cable is not recommended.

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● A 50-ohm RF load must be connected to an idle antenna interface on an AP.
● The bending radius of RF cables must be no smaller than 30 mm.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 331


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4


GHz and 5 GHz Dual-Polarized Directional
Antenna (H33 V33 G13 and H33 V33 G13)

About This Chapter

32.1 27012134 Technical Specifications


32.2 27012134 Installation Precautions
32.3 27012134 Antenna Installation

32.1 27012134 Technical Specifications


The 27012134 directional antenna is named ANTDG1313D6NR and applicable to
outdoor and indoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 32-1 shows the appearance of the 27012134 antenna.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 332


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

Figure 32-1 Appearance of the 27012134 antenna

Technical Specifications
Table 32-1 lists technical specifications of the 27012134 antenna.

Table 32-1 Technical specifications of the 27012134 antenna


Item Value (2.4G) Value (5G)

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 13 13

Coverage distance (m) 160 130

Horizontal lobe width 33 33


(degrees)

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 33 33

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤2 ≤2

Polarization Vertical polarization and ± 45-degree


polarization

Connector 6 x N-female

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 39.878 x 368.3 x 368.3

Weight (g) 1600

Support pole diameter (mm) φ35–φ114

Mounting mode Wall mounting or pole mounting

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 333


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheet.
● The previous specifications list the coverage distance for reference only, which may vary
depending on specific conditions. Plan an appropriate distance value according to
planning experience, local standards, and onsite environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
The following figures show radiation patterns of the 27012134 antenna in the
horizontal and vertical directions in 2.4 GHz mode and 5 GHz mode.

Figure 32-2 Radiation pattern of the 27012134 antenna (2.4 GHz, vertical
polarization port)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 334


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

Figure 32-3 Radiation pattern of the 27012134 antenna (2.4 GHz, + 45-degree
polarization port)

Figure 32-4 Radiation pattern of the 27012134 antenna (2.4 GHz, - 45-degree
polarization port)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 335


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

Figure 32-5 Radiation pattern of the 27012134 antenna (5 GHz, vertical


polarization port)

Figure 32-6 Radiation pattern of the 27012134 antenna (5 GHz, + 45-degree


polarization port)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 336


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

Figure 32-7 Radiation pattern of the 27012134 antenna (5 GHz, - 45-degree


polarization)

32.2 27012134 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:
● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 337


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

Figure 32-8 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 32-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Table 32-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 338


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

32.3 27012134 Antenna Installation


The 27012134 antenna is a directional antenna applicable to outdoor and indoor
scenarios. When it is installed indoors, it is best applied to scenarios that require
small coverage angles but long coverage distances. Typical scenarios include
corridors in hospitals or airports. When it is installed outdoors, it should be
installed at high positions away from metal obstacles, for example, building tops,
mountaintops, and tower tops, to obtain better performance. Its transmit end
should not be blocked by obstacles.

In bridging scenarios, installation positions should not exceed wireless bridge


transmission distances.

32.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:

● Open-end wrench
● 8 mm socket wrench or torque screwdriver
● Hammer drill (φ8 mm, for wall mounting)

● Rubber mallet (for wall mounting)

Pole:

● 1 x pole with a diameter of φ35 mm to φ114 mm

Other accessories:

● M10 bolt: 4 sets


● Hex nut: 6 sets
● Spring washer: 6 sets
● Flat washer: 6 sets
● Hose clamp: 2 sets
● Expansion bolt: 4 sets

32.3.2 Wall Mounting


The 27012134 antenna can be mounted on a wall.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 339


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

1. Fix the installation bracket to the back of the antenna with the nuts, spring
washers, and flat washers. The maximum torque is 6.2 N m.

2. Fix the elevation adjustable bracket to the installation bracket.


Select appropriate holes and thread bolts through the installation bracket and
elevation adjustable bracket. Put on flat washers, spring washers, and nuts to
fix the bolts (not tightly).

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 340


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

3. Drill four φ8 mm holes (42 mm depth) on the wall to install plastic expansion
tubes that will support expansion bolts. The relative position of the four holes
must exactly match with that of the four holes on the antenna support.

4. Fix the antenna support to the wall using expansion bolts.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 341


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

5. Fix the elevation adjustable bracket to the antenna support. Thread bolts
through the installation bracket and elevation adjustable bracket. Put on flat
washers, spring washers, and nuts to fix the bolts (not tightly).

6. Adjust the antenna angle and tighten all of the four nuts. The maximum
torque is 6.2 N m.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 342


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

32.3.3 Pole Mounting


The 27012134 antenna can be mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

1. Fix the installation bracket to the back of the antenna with the nuts, spring
washers, and flat washers. The maximum torque is 6.2 N m.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 343


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

2. Fix the elevation adjustable bracket to the installation bracket.


Select appropriate holes and thread bolts through the installation bracket and
elevation adjustable bracket. Put on flat washers, spring washers, and nuts to
fix the bolts (not tightly).

3. Fix the antenna support to the pole.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 344


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

4. Fix the antenna to the antenna support. Thread bolts through the antenna
support and elevation adjustable bracket. Put on flat washers, spring washers,
and nuts to fix the bolts (not tightly).

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 345


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

5. Adjust the antenna angle and tighten all of the four nuts. The maximum
torque is 6.2 N m.

Installing the Pole and Lightning Rod


Carry out the following steps:
1. Weld the lightning rod to the top of the antenna pole.
2. Install the antenna pole on a parapet or concrete bed on the roof of the
building.
3. Use a 40 mm x 4 mm flat piece of steel to connect the antenna pole to an
earth mat.
4. Secure the outdoor directional antenna to the pole using an antenna support.
5. Keep the pole vertical during the installation.
Take note of the following points when installing an outdoor directional antenna:
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of no less than 1.2 m
high, fix the pole on a parapet with expansion screws, and then fix the
outdoor directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of less than 1.2 m high,
fix one of the installation points of the pole on a parapet and the other

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 346


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

installation point to the roof with expansion screws, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna to the pole with an antenna support.
● If there are no parapets around the roof, fix the pole to the ground or a
concrete bed with expansion screws and steel wires, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.

Figure 32-9 illustrates how an outdoor directional antenna and a pole are
installed.

Figure 32-9 Installing an outdoor directional antenna and a pole

The following figure shows the protection area of a lightning rod. The entire
antenna must be within the protection area.

If antennas are installed on a pole made of metal, such as steel, you do not need to install
a lightning rod, as shown on the right in the preceding figure.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 347


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

Outdoor AP Installation Scenarios


Figure 32-10 shows outdoor AP installation scenarios. The distance between a 2.4
GHz antenna and a 5 GHz antenna must be more than 0.5 m.

Figure 32-10 Outdoor AP installation scenarios

32.3.4 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
The radio interfaces of the same frequency band on an AP have silkscreens A, B,
and C, as shown in the following figure.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 348


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

The following figure shows the feeder interfaces on the 27012134 antenna.

Use the feeder cable to connect the radio interfaces of the AP and antenna. The
feeder interfaces A, B, and C of an antenna must be connected to radio interfaces
A, B, and C of the same frequency band on an AP.
The following figure shows cable connections on 2.4G radio ports of antennas.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 349


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

The following figure shows cable connections on 5G radio ports of antennas.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 350


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until the tape
length is twice its original length. With each layer of tape wrap the cable
tightly and ensure that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath
it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 351


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Table 32-3 Coaxial cables and connectors


Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance
Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 352


32 27012134 Indoor and Outdoor 2.4 GHz and 5
WLAN GHz Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33
Antenna Quick Start G13 and H33 V33 G13)

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 353


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz


Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H33
V33 G13)

About This Chapter

33.1 27012140 Technical Specifications


33.2 27012140 Installation Precautions
33.3 27012140 Antenna Installation

33.1 27012140 Technical Specifications


The 27012140 directional antenna is named ANT5G13D3NR and applicable to
vehicle-ground communication scenarios and outdoor and indoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 33-1 shows the appearance of the 27012140 antenna.

Figure 33-1 Appearance of the 27012140 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 354


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

Technical Specifications
The 27012140 antenna uses fireproof materials and complies with UL94 V0
standards. Table 33-1 lists technical specifications of the 27012140 antenna.

Table 33-1 Technical specifications of the 27012140 antenna


Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 13

Coverage distance (m) 130

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 33

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 33

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤2

Polarization Vertical polarization and ± 45-degree


polarization

Connector N-female*3

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 34.5 x 197.5 x 197.5

Weight (g) 1200

Support pole diameter (mm) 35–114

Mounting mode Wall mounting or pole mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheet.
● The previous specifications list the coverage distance for reference only, which may vary
depending on specific conditions. Plan an appropriate distance value according to
planning experience, local standards, and onsite environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
The following figures show radiation patterns of the 27012140 antenna in the
horizontal and vertical directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 355


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

Figure 33-2 Radiation pattern of port 1 on the 27012140 antenna

Figure 33-3 Radiation pattern of port 2 on the 27012140 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 356


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

Figure 33-4 Radiation pattern of port 3 on the 27012140 antenna

33.2 27012140 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:
● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation".
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be large than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 357


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

Figure 33-5 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 33-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Table 33-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 358


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

33.3 27012140 Antenna Installation


The 27012140 antenna can be installed on a vehicle for vehicle-ground backhaul.

The 27012140 directional antenna is applicable to outdoor and indoor scenarios.


When it is installed indoors, it applies to scenarios that require small coverage
angles but long coverage distances. Typical scenarios include corridors in hospitals
or airports. When it is installed outdoors, it should be installed at high positions
away from metal obstacles, for example, building top, mountaintop, and tower
top, to obtain better performance. Its transmit end should not be blocked by
obstacles.

33.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:

● Open-end wrench
● 8 mm socket wrench or torque screwdriver
● Hammer drill (φ8 drill bit for vehicle mounting and wall mounting)

● Rubber mallet (for wall mounting)

Pole:

● 1 x Pole with a diameter of φ35 mm to φ114 mm

Other accessories:

Installation Scenario Accessory

Vehicle mounting Installation brackets customized for


different scenarios

Wall mounting or pole mounting ● M10 bolt: 4 sets


● Hex nut: 6 sets
● Spring washer: 6 sets
● Flat washer: 6 sets
● Hose clamp: 2 sets
● Expansion bolt: 4 sets

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 359


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

33.3.2 Wall Mounting


The 27012140 antenna can be mounted on a wall.

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

1. Fix the installation bracket to the back of the antenna with the nut, spring
washer, and flat washer.

2. Fix the adjustable support to the installation bracket.


Select appropriate holes and thread bolts through the space between the
antenna and adjustable support. Place flat washers, spring washers, and nuts
to fix them (not tightly).

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 360


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

3. Drill four holes (φ8 * 42 mm) on the wall to install plastic expansion tubes
that will support expansion bolts. The relative position of the four holes must
exactly match with that of the four holes on the antenna support.
4. Fix the antenna support to the wall using expansion bolts.

5. Fix the adjustable support to the antenna support. Thread bolts through the
space between the antenna and adjustable support. Place flat washers, spring
washers, and nuts to fix them (not tightly).

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 361


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

6. Adjust the antenna angle and tighten all of the four nuts.

33.3.3 Pole Mounting


The 27012140 antenna can be mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 362


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

Fixing the Antenna to the Pole


Carry out the following steps:
1. Fix the installation bracket to the back of the antenna with the nut, spring
washer, and flat washer.

2. Fix the adjustable support to the installation bracket.


Select appropriate holes and thread bolts through the space between the
antenna and adjustable support. Place flat washers, spring washers, and nuts
to fix them (not tightly).

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 363


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

3. Fix the antenna support to the pole with the hose clamp.

4. Fix the antenna to the antenna support. Thread bolts through the space
between the antenna and adjustable support. Place flat washers, spring
washers, and nuts to fix them (not tightly).

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 364


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

5. Adjust the antenna angle and tighten all of the four nuts.

Installing the Pole and Lightning Rod


Carry out the following steps:

1. Weld the lightning rod to the top of the antenna pole.


2. Install the antenna pole on a parapet or concrete bed on the roof of the
building.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 365


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

3. Use a 40 mm x 4 mm flat piece of steel to connect the antenna pole to an


earth mat.
4. Secure the outdoor directional antenna to the pole using an antenna support.
5. Keep the pole vertical during the installation.
Take note of the following points when installing an outdoor directional antenna:
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of no less than 1.2 m
high, fix the pole on a parapet with expansion screws, and then fix the
outdoor directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of less than 1.2 m high,
fix one of the installation points of the pole on a parapet and the other
installation point to the roof with expansion screws, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna to the pole with an antenna support.
● If there are no parapets around the roof, fix the pole to the ground or a
concrete bed with expansion screws and steel wires, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
Figure 33-6 illustrates how an outdoor directional antenna and a pole are
installed.

Figure 33-6 Installing an outdoor directional antenna and a pole

The following figure shows the protection area of a lightning rod. The entire
antenna must be within the protection area.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 366


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

If antennas are installed on a pole made of metal, such as steel, you do not need to install
a lightning rod, as shown on the right in the preceding figure.

Outdoor AP Installation Scenarios


Figure 33-7 shows outdoor AP installation scenarios. The distance between a 2.4
GHz antenna and a 5 GHz antenna must be more than 0.5 m.

Figure 33-7 Outdoor AP installation scenarios

33.3.4 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP using an RF transit
cable (sold separately) and tighten the connector to the interface. A 1 N m
tightening torque is recommended for the type-N connector.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 367


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

The following table lists the RF transit cables and connectors used.

AP Coa Coaxi Cable Appearance


Typ xial al Loss
e Cab Conne
le ctor

AP8 RG- Type- ● 2400


130 8U N MHz
DN cabl male to
e conne 2483.5
(25 ctor MHz:
070 (1404 26.8
009 0184) dB /
) 100 m
● 4920
Mhz to
5825
Mhz:
41.8
dB /
100 m

1/2" Type- ● 2400


(inc N MHz
h) male to
sup conne 2483.5
er- ctor MHz:
flexi (1404 18.1
ble 0150) dB /
cabl 100 m
e ● 4920
(25 Mhz to
070 5825
076 Mhz:
) 30
dB /
100 m

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 368


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

AP Coa Coaxi Cable Appearance


Typ xial al Loss
e Cab Conne
le ctor

AP9 RF - ● 2.4
131 tran (No GHz to
DN/ sit cable 2.5
AP9 cabl needs GHz: <
132 e to be 0.9 dB
DN (04 made ● 4.9
130 onsite. GHz to
714, ) 6
0.5 GHz:<
m) 1.3 dB
con
nect
ing
a
QM
A-J
con
nect
or
to
an
N-J
con
nect
or.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 369


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

AP Coa Coaxi Cable Appearance


Typ xial al Loss
e Cab Conne
le ctor

RF ● 2.4
tran GHz to
sit 2.5
cabl GHz: <
e 2.3 dB
(04 ● 4.9
130 GHz to
714 6 GHz:
-00 < 3.2
1, 3 dB
m)
con
nect
ing
a
QM
A-J
con
nect
or
to
an
N-J
con
nect
or.

The requirements on connections between the antenna and the AP's radio
interfaces are as follows:
● Feeders of the same antenna must be connected to radio interfaces of the
corresponding frequency bands on the same AP.
● Feeder ports whose polarization directions are +45° and -45° on an antenna
are connected to radio interfaces A and B of an AP respectively, and the
feeder port whose polarization direction is 90° is connected to radio interface
C of the AP.
Take the AP9132DN as an example. The following figure shows the RF cable
connection on the AP9132DN.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 370


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until the tape
length is twice its original length. With each layer of tape wrap the cable
tightly and ensure that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath
it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When connecting the AP8130DN, you need to assemble the type-N male
connector and 1/2" (inch) super-flexible feeder cable onsite in the following way:

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable

1. Peel the cable.


2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 371


WLAN 33 27012140 Rail Transportation 5 GHz Dual-
Antenna Quick Start Polarized Directional Antenna (H33 V33 G13)

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 372


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-


Polarized Directional Antenna (H18 V18
G18)

About This Chapter

34.1 27012544 Technical Specifications


34.2 27012544 Installation Precautions
34.3 27012544 Antenna Installation

34.1 27012544 Technical Specifications


The 27012544 directional antenna is named ANT2G18D2NR and applicable to
outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 34-1 shows the appearance of the 27012544 antenna.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 373


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

Figure 34-1 Appearance of the 27012544 antenna

Technical Specifications
Table 34-1 lists technical specifications of the 27012544 antenna.

Table 34-1 Technical specifications of the 27012544 antenna

Item Value

Frequency (MHz) 2300–2700

Gain (dBi) 18

Coverage distance (m) 260

Horizontal lobe width (degrees) 18

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 18

Standing wave ratio (SWR) 1.7 typical


2.0 maximum

Polarization Horizontal polarization and


vertical polarization

Connector 2 x N-female

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 40 x 368 x 368

Weight (kg) 1.600

Support pole diameter (mm) φ41–φ58

Mounting mode Wall mounting or pole


mounting

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 374


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● The coverage distance is a reference value in certain conditions. Plan an appropriate
distance value according to planning experience, local standards, and onsite
environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 34-2 shows radiation patterns of the 27012544 antenna in the horizontal
and vertical directions.

Figure 34-2 Radiation pattern of the 27012544 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 375


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

34.2 27012544 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:

● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Figure 34-3 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 376


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 34-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Table 34-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

34.3 27012544 Antenna Installation


The 27012544 antenna is an outdoor directional antenna. To obtain a better
performance and wider coverage, the antenna should be installed at high
positions away from metal obstacles, for example, building tops, mountaintops,
and tower tops. Its transmit end should not be blocked by obstacles.

34.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:

● Open-end wrench
● 8 mm socket wrench or torque screwdriver
● 1 x inclinometer

● Hammer drill (φ8 mm, for wall mounting)

● Rubber mallet (for wall mounting)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 377


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

Pole:
● 1 x pole with a diameter of φ41 mm to φ58 mm
Other accessories:
● M10 bolt: 4 sets
● Hex nut: 6 sets
● Spring washer: 6 sets
● Flat washer: 6 sets
● Hose clamp: 2 sets
● Expansion bolt: 4 sets

34.3.2 Wall Mounting


The 27012544 antenna can be mounted on a wall.
If an extension bracket is used, install the antenna according to Antenna
Installation with an Extension Bracket; otherwise, install the antenna according
to Antenna Installation Without an Extension Bracket.

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

Antenna Installation Without an Extension Bracket


The installation procedure is as follows:
1. Fix the installation bracket to the back of the antenna with the nuts, spring
washers, and flat washers. The maximum torque is 6.2 N m.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 378


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

2. Fix the elevation adjustable bracket to the installation bracket.


Select appropriate holes and thread bolts through the installation bracket and
elevation adjustable bracket. Put on flat washers, spring washers, and nuts to
fix the bolts (not tightly).

3. Drill four φ8 mm holes (42 mm depth) on the wall to install plastic expansion
tubes that will support expansion bolts. The relative position of the four holes
must exactly match with that of the four holes on the antenna support.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 379


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

4. Fix the antenna support to the wall using expansion bolts.

5. Fix the elevation adjustable bracket to the antenna support. Thread bolts
through the installation bracket and elevation adjustable bracket. Put on flat
washers, spring washers, and nuts to fix the bolts (not tightly).

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 380


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

6. Adjust the antenna angle and tighten all of the four nuts. The maximum
torque is 6.2 N m.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 381


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

Antenna Installation with an Extension Bracket


The installation procedure is as follows:
1. Fix the installation bracket to the back of the antenna with the nuts, spring
washers, and flat washers. The maximum torque is 6.2 N m.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 382


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

2. Drill four φ8 mm holes (42 mm depth) on the wall to install plastic expansion
tubes that will support expansion bolts. The relative position of the four holes
must exactly match with that of the four holes on the antenna support.

3. Fix the antenna support to the wall using expansion bolts.

4. Assemble the extension bracket. Tighten it with the flat washers, spring
washers and nuts.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 383


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

5. Connect the antenna support and extension bracket.

6. Fix the antenna to the extension bracket.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 384


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

7. Adjust the antenna angle.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 385


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

34.3.3 Pole Mounting


The 27012544 antenna can be mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.
If an extension bracket is used, install the antenna according to Antenna
Installation with an Extension Bracket; otherwise, install the antenna according
to Antenna Installation Without an Extension Bracket.

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

Antenna Installation Without an Extension Bracket


The installation procedure is as follows:
1. Fix the installation bracket to the back of the antenna with the nuts, spring
washers, and flat washers. The maximum torque is 6.2 N m.

2. Fix the elevation adjustable bracket to the installation bracket.


Select appropriate holes and thread bolts through the installation bracket and
elevation adjustable bracket. Put on flat washers, spring washers, and nuts to
fix the bolts (not tightly).

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 386


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

3. Fix the antenna support to the pole.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 387


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

4. Fix the antenna to the antenna support. Thread bolts through the antenna
support and elevation adjustable bracket. Put on flat washers, spring washers,
and nuts to fix the bolts (not tightly).

5. Adjust the antenna angle and tighten all of the four nuts. The maximum
torque is 6.2 N m.

Antenna Installation with an Extension Bracket


The installation procedure is as follows:
1. Fix the installation bracket to the back of the antenna with the nuts, spring
washers, and flat washers. The maximum torque is 6.2 N m.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 388


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

2. Fix the antenna support to the pole with the hose clamp.

3. Assemble the extension bracket. Tighten it with the flat washers, spring
washers and nuts.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 389


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

4. Connect the antenna support and extension bracket.

5. Fix the antenna to the extension bracket.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 390


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

6. Adjust the antenna angle.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 391


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

Installing the Pole and Lightning Rod


Carry out the following steps:

1. Weld the lightning rod to the top of the antenna pole.


2. Install the antenna pole on a parapet or concrete bed on the roof of the
building.
3. Use a 40 mm x 4 mm flat piece of steel to connect the antenna pole to an
earth mat.
4. Secure the outdoor directional antenna to the pole using an antenna support.
5. Keep the pole vertical during the installation.

Take note of the following points when installing an outdoor directional antenna:

● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of no less than 1.2 m


high, fix the pole on a parapet with expansion screws, and then fix the
outdoor directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.
● If the roof of the building is surrounded by parapets of less than 1.2 m high,
fix one of the installation points of the pole on a parapet and the other
installation point to the roof with expansion screws, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna to the pole with an antenna support.
● If there are no parapets around the roof, fix the pole to the ground or a
concrete bed with expansion screws and steel wires, and then fix the outdoor
directional antenna on the pole with an antenna support.

Figure 34-4 illustrates how an outdoor directional antenna and a pole are
installed.

Figure 34-4 Installing an outdoor directional antenna and a pole

The following figure shows the protection area of a lightning rod. The entire
antenna must be within the protection area.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 392


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

If antennas are installed on a pole made of metal, such as steel, you do not need to install
a lightning rod, as shown on the right in the preceding figure.

Outdoor AP Installation Scenarios


Figure 34-5 shows outdoor AP installation scenarios. The distance between a 2.4
GHz antenna and a 5 GHz antenna must be more than 0.5 m.

Figure 34-5 Outdoor AP installation scenarios

34.3.4 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
Connect the feeder connector to the radio interface of an AP and tighten the
connector to the interface. The requirements on connections between the AP's
radio interfaces and antenna feeder cables are as follows:

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 393


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

● The feeder interfaces of an antenna must be connected to radio interfaces A


and B of the same frequency band on an AP.
● The AP's radio interfaces working on the same frequency band (interface A
and interface B) must be connected to feeder interfaces of different
polarization directions.
The following figure shows the cable connections.

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Use a short feeder cable to connect the antenna to an AP.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until it is 1/2
the width as before. With each layer of tape wrap the cable tightly and ensure
that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
1. Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be
installed, and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 394


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge
protection works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.
2. If a higher surge protection capability is required, you need to purchase a
surge protective device separately. When installing the surge protective device,
ensure that it is connected to a ground cable.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Table 34-3 Coaxial cables and connectors


Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance
Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 395


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance


Cable al
Conne
ctor

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install accessories, such as the nut.
3. Install the connector body.
4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 396


WLAN 34 27012544 Outdoor 2.4 GHz Dual-Polarized
Antenna Quick Start Directional Antenna (H18 V18 G18)

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 397


35 27012545 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Linear-
WLAN Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V110 G4
Antenna Quick Start and H360 V110 G5)

35 27012545 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz


Linear-Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna
(H360 V110 G4 and H360 V110 G5)

About This Chapter

35.1 27012545 Technical Specifications


35.2 27012545 Antenna Installation

35.1 27012545 Technical Specifications


The 27012545 omnidirectional antenna is named ANTDG0404D4SR and applicable
to indoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 35-1 shows the appearance of the 27012545 antenna.

Figure 35-1 Appearance of the 27012545 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 398


35 27012545 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Linear-
WLAN Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V110 G4
Antenna Quick Start and H360 V110 G5)

Technical Specifications
Table 35-1 lists technical specifications of the 27012545 antenna.

Table 35-1 Technical specifications of the 27012545 antenna

Item Value (2.4G) Value (5G)

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 4 5

Coverage distance (m) 70 60

Horizontal lobe width 360 360


(degrees)

Vertical lobe width 110 110


(degrees)

Standing wave ratio ≤2 ≤2


(SWR)

Polarization Linear polarization

Connector RP-SMA-J*4

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 20 x 150 x 150

Weight (g) 450

Mounting mode Ceiling mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheets.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 35-2 and Figure 35-3 show radiation patterns of the 27012545 antenna
(2.4 GHz and 5 GHz) in the horizontal and vertical directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 399


35 27012545 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Linear-
WLAN Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V110 G4
Antenna Quick Start and H360 V110 G5)

Figure 35-2 Radiation pattern of the 27012545 antenna (2.4 GHz)

Figure 35-3 Radiation pattern of the 27012545 antenna (5 GHz)

35.2 27012545 Antenna Installation


The 27012545 antenna is an indoor omnidirectional antenna. The antenna is best
applied to indoor omnidirectional coverage scenarios, such as open office areas,
meeting rooms, and lecture halls.

35.2.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 400


35 27012545 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Linear-
WLAN Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V110 G4
Antenna Quick Start and H360 V110 G5)

● Open-end wrench
● Hammer drill (used to drill holes in ceilings)

Other accessories:

● Nut: 1 PCS
● Rubber washer: 1 PCS

35.2.2 Ceiling Mounting


The 27012545 antenna can be mounted on a removable ceiling.

1. Drill one φ23 ± 0.5 mm hole into the ceiling.


2. Insert the antenna into the hole and secure it using the nut.

● The size of the hole in the ceiling must be slightly greater than that of the flange on the
antenna connector and the bottom plate of the antenna must be flattened against the
ceiling. Otherwise, electrical performance of the antenna will be affected.
● The ceiling must be no greater than 20 mm thick and can bear the weight of four times
the weight of the antenna without damage.

35.2.3 Connecting RF Cables

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● The 27012545 antenna has four 1 m feeder cables delivered. For longer feeder
cables, purchase them separately.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 401


35 27012545 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Linear-
WLAN Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V110 G4
Antenna Quick Start and H360 V110 G5)

RF Cable Connections
1. Remove covers on external antenna ports of APs to expose RP-SMA female
connectors.
2. Connect the RP-SMA male connector on the feeder to the RP-SMA female
connector on the AP.

Feeder cables on an antenna must be connected to the local AP's radio ports on the correct
frequency band. There are no other requirements regarding the connection between the
feeder cables and radio ports.

RF Cable Appearance

Figure 35-4 Rear view of the antenna (27012545)

Table 35-2 lists the SMA connector types.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 402


35 27012545 Indoor 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Linear-
WLAN Polarized Omnidirectional Antenna (H360 V110 G4
Antenna Quick Start and H360 V110 G5)

Table 35-2 SMA connector types


Connector Polarity Male or Shape Picture
Type Female

SMA-J Positive Male Internal


polarity thread,
inner pin

SMA-K Positive Female External


polarity thread,
inner hole

RP-SMA-J Reverse Male Internal


polarity thread,
inner hole

RP-SMA-k Reverse Female External


polarity thread,
inner pin

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 403


36 27012565 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12 and
Antenna Quick Start H26 V26 G11)

36 27012565 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz


Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H35
V35 G12 and H26 V26 G11)

About This Chapter

36.1 27012565 Technical Specifications


36.2 27012565 Installation Precautions
36.3 27012565 Antenna Installation

36.1 27012565 Technical Specifications


The 27012565 directional antenna is named ANTDG1211D4NR and applicable to
outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 36-1 shows the appearance of the 27012565 antenna.

Figure 36-1 Appearance of the 27012565 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 404


36 27012565 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12 and
Antenna Quick Start H26 V26 G11)

Technical Specifications
Table 36-1 lists technical specifications of the 27012565 antenna.

Table 36-1 Technical specifications of the 27012565 antenna

Item Value (2.4G) Value (5G)

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 12 11

Coverage radius 150 110


(m)

Horizontal lobe 35 26
width (degrees)

Vertical lobe width 35 26


(degrees)

Standing wave ratio ≤2 ≤ 2.2


(SWR)

Polarization Cross polarization

Connector N-female*4

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 40 x 450 x 420

Weight (kg) 3

Support pole φ35–φ114


diameter (mm)

Mounting mode Wall mounting or pole mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheet.
● The previous specifications list the coverage distance for reference only, which may vary
depending on specific conditions. Plan an appropriate distance value according to
planning experience, local standards, and onsite environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 405


36 27012565 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12 and
Antenna Quick Start H26 V26 G11)

Antenna Pattern
Figure 36-2 and Figure 36-3 show radiation patterns of the 27012565 antenna
(2.4 GHz and 5 GHz) in the horizontal and vertical directions.

Figure 36-2 Radiation pattern of the 27012565 antenna (2.4 GHz)

Figure 36-3 Radiation pattern of the 27012565 antenna (5 GHz)

36.2 27012565 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:

● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 406


36 27012565 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12 and
Antenna Quick Start H26 V26 G11)

● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two


antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.
● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Figure 36-4 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 407


36 27012565 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12 and
Antenna Quick Start H26 V26 G11)

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 36-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Table 36-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone


Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

36.3 27012565 Antenna Installation


The 27012565 antenna is a directional antenna applicable to outdoor scenarios. It
should be installed at high positions away from metal obstacles, for example,
building tops, mountaintops, and tower tops, to obtain better performance. Its
transmit end should not be blocked by obstacles.
In bridging scenarios, installation positions should not exceed wireless bridge
transmission distances.

36.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:
● Open-end wrench
● 8 mm socket wrench or torque screwdriver
● Hammer drill (φ10 mm, for wall mounting)

● Rubber mallet (for wall mounting)

Pole:
● 1 x pole with a diameter of φ35 mm to φ114 mm
Other accessories:
● M8x70 Expansion bolt: 4 sets

36.3.2 Wall Mounting


The 27012565 antenna can be mounted on a wall.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 408


36 27012565 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12 and
Antenna Quick Start H26 V26 G11)

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

1. Fix the installation bracket to the back of the antenna with the nuts, spring
washers, and flat washers. The maximum torque is 6.2 N m.

2. Fix the elevation adjustable bracket to the installation bracket.


Select appropriate holes and thread bolts through the installation bracket and
elevation adjustable bracket. Put on flat washers, spring washers, and nuts to
fix the bolts (not tightly).

3. Drill four φ10 mm holes (72 mm depth) on the wall to install plastic
expansion tubes that will support expansion bolts. The relative position of the
four holes must exactly match with that of the four holes on the antenna
support.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 409


36 27012565 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12 and
Antenna Quick Start H26 V26 G11)

4. Fix the antenna support to the wall using expansion bolts.

5. Fix the elevation adjustable bracket to the antenna support. Thread bolts
through the installation bracket and elevation adjustable bracket. Put on flat
washers, spring washers, and nuts to fix the bolts (not tightly).

6. Adjust the antenna angle and tighten all of the four nuts. The maximum
torque is 6.2 N m.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 410


36 27012565 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12 and
Antenna Quick Start H26 V26 G11)

36.3.3 Pole Mounting


The 27012565 antenna can be mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

1. Fix the installation bracket to the back of the antenna with the nuts, spring
washers, and flat washers. The maximum torque is 6.2 N m.

2. Fix the elevation adjustable bracket to the installation bracket.


Select appropriate holes and thread bolts through the installation bracket and
elevation adjustable bracket. Put on flat washers, spring washers, and nuts to
fix the bolts (not tightly).

3. Fix the antenna support to the pole.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 411


36 27012565 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12 and
Antenna Quick Start H26 V26 G11)

4. Fix the antenna to the antenna support. Thread bolts through the antenna
support and elevation adjustable bracket. Put on flat washers, spring washers,
and nuts to fix the bolts (not tightly).

5. Adjust the antenna angle and tighten all of the four nuts. The maximum
torque is 6.2 N m.

36.3.4 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
The radio interfaces of the same frequency band on an AP have silkscreens A, B, C,
and D, as shown in the following figure.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 412


36 27012565 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12 and
Antenna Quick Start H26 V26 G11)

The following figure shows the feeder interfaces on the 27012565 antenna.

Use the feeder cable to connect the radio interfaces of the AP and antenna. The
feeder interfaces A, B, C, and D of an antenna must be connected to radio
interfaces A, B, C, and D of the same frequency band on an AP.
The following figure shows the cable connections.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 413


36 27012565 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12 and
Antenna Quick Start H26 V26 G11)

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Feeders connecting antennas and APs must be as short as possible.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until the tape
length is twice its original length. With each layer of tape wrap the cable
tightly and ensure that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath
it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be installed,
and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 414


36 27012565 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12 and
Antenna Quick Start H26 V26 G11)

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge protection
works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Table 36-3 Coaxial cables and connectors

Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance


Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable

1. Peel the cable.


2. Install accessories, such as the nut.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 415


36 27012565 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H35 V35 G12 and
Antenna Quick Start H26 V26 G11)

3. Install the connector body.


4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 416


37 27012566 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G13 and
Antenna Quick Start H15 V15 G17)

37 27012566 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz


Dual-Polarized Directional Antenna (H32
V32 G13 and H15 V15 G17)

About This Chapter

37.1 27012566 Technical Specifications


37.2 27012566 Installation Precautions
37.3 27012566 Antenna Installation

37.1 27012566 Technical Specifications


The 27012566 directional antenna is named ANTDG1317D4NR and applicable to
outdoor scenarios.

Antenna Appearance
Figure 37-1 shows the appearance of the 27012566 antenna.

Figure 37-1 Appearance of the 27012566 antenna

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 417


37 27012566 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G13 and
Antenna Quick Start H15 V15 G17)

Technical Specifications
Table 37-1 lists technical specifications of the 27012566 antenna.

Table 37-1 Technical specifications of the 27012566 antenna


Item Value (2.4G) Value (5G)

Frequency (MHz) 2400–2500 5150–5850

Gain (dBi) 13 17

Coverage distance (m) 160 180

Horizontal lobe width 32 15


(degrees)

Vertical lobe width (degrees) 32 15

Standing wave ratio (SWR) ≤2 ≤2

Polarization Cross polarization

Connector N-female*4

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D: 35 x 450 x 420

Weight (kg) 3

Support pole diameter (mm) φ35–φ114

Mounting mode Wall mounting or pole mounting

● The gains and lobe widths in this document are typical values. The actual values are
within a range. For specifications, see the corresponding data sheet.
● The previous specifications list the coverage distance for reference only, which may vary
depending on specific conditions. Plan an appropriate distance value according to
planning experience, local standards, and onsite environments.
● There may be differences in the standards of different countries, so the mapping
between antennas and APs shall comply with local standards. For details, refer to device
access authentication information.
● The coverage distance is subject to the following constraints:
● The default AP transmit power is 15 dBm.
● The default STA type is mobile phone, and no obstacle exists.
● 2.4 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -70 dBm.
● 5 GHz: The uplink and downlink RSSIs are greater than or equal to -75 dBm.
For any questions about the parameters above, contact Huawei technical support.

Antenna Pattern
Figure 37-2 and Figure 37-3 show radiation patterns of the 27012566 antenna
(2.4 GHz and 5 GHz) in the horizontal and vertical directions.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 418


37 27012566 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G13 and
Antenna Quick Start H15 V15 G17)

Figure 37-2 Radiation pattern of the 27012566 antenna (2.4 GHz)

Figure 37-3 Radiation pattern of the 27012566 antenna (5 GHz)

37.2 27012566 Installation Precautions


To ensure that the antenna works at the optimal performance level, take the
following installation precautions:

● Install the antenna upright and place one side of the RF cable connector
towards the ground.
● When installing single-polarized antennas, keep the distance between two
antennas to within 30 cm to 50 cm.
● Install the antenna away from metal obstructions, such as air conditioners or
heating pipes. Do not install the antenna on a wire mesh.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 419


37 27012566 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G13 and
Antenna Quick Start H15 V15 G17)

● Wall materials and thickness determine the number of walls that radio signals
can pass through. Factor that into antenna selection.
● Install lightning rods for outdoor antennas to prevent lightning strikes. For
details on how to install a lightning rod, see section "Antenna Installation."
● Ensure that no obstacle exists in the Fresnel zone in bridging scenarios. That
is, the antenna height must be larger than the sum of the radius of the first
Fresnel zone and obstacle height.
As shown in the figure, the Fresnel zone refers to the ellipsoid. Obstacles in
the zone will adversely affect signal transmissions. If not blocked, radio
signals can travel in an approximate free space.

Figure 37-4 Fresnel zone

Fresnel zones differ depending on the Fresnel zone radius. In a free space, radio
signals are mainly transmitted between antennas in the first Fresnel zone. In
normal cases, the Fresnel zone refers to the first Fresnel zone.

The radius of the first Fresnel zone is calculated and related parameters are
described as follows:

● r: indicates the radius of the first Fresnel zone, in meters.


● d: indicates the distance between two antennas, in km.
● f: indicates the signal frequency, in GHz.

With 5 GHz signals as an example, Table 37-2 lists the radius of the first Fresnel
zone in different backhaul distances.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 420


37 27012566 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G13 and
Antenna Quick Start H15 V15 G17)

Table 37-2 Radius of the first Fresnel zone

Backhaul 1 2 3 5 10
Distance
(km)

Radius of 3.87 5.48 6.71 8.66 12.25


the First
Fresnel
Zone (m)

37.3 27012566 Antenna Installation


The 27012566 antenna is a directional antenna applicable to outdoor scenarios. It
should be installed at high positions away from metal obstacles, for example,
building tops, mountaintops, and tower tops, to obtain better performance. Its
transmit end should not be blocked by obstacles.

In bridging scenarios, installation positions should not exceed wireless bridge


transmission distances.

37.3.1 Accessories and Tools


Tools:

● Open-end wrench
● 8 mm socket wrench or torque screwdriver
● Hammer drill (φ10 mm, for wall mounting)

● Rubber mallet (for wall mounting)

Pole:

● 1 x pole with a diameter of φ35 mm to φ114 mm

Other accessories:

● M8x70 Expansion bolt: 4 sets

37.3.2 Wall Mounting


The 27012566 antenna can be mounted on a wall.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 421


37 27012566 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G13 and
Antenna Quick Start H15 V15 G17)

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

1. Fix the installation bracket to the back of the antenna with the nuts, spring
washers, and flat washers. The maximum torque is 6.2 N m.

2. Fix the elevation adjustable bracket to the installation bracket.


Select appropriate holes and thread bolts through the installation bracket and
elevation adjustable bracket. Put on flat washers, spring washers, and nuts to
fix the bolts (not tightly).

3. Drill four φ10 mm holes (72 mm depth) on the wall to install plastic
expansion tubes that will support expansion bolts. The relative position of the
four holes must exactly match with that of the four holes on the antenna
support.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 422


37 27012566 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G13 and
Antenna Quick Start H15 V15 G17)

4. Fix the antenna support to the wall using expansion bolts.

5. Fix the elevation adjustable bracket to the antenna support. Thread bolts
through the installation bracket and elevation adjustable bracket. Put on flat
washers, spring washers, and nuts to fix the bolts (not tightly).

6. Adjust the antenna angle and tighten all of the four nuts. The maximum
torque is 6.2 N m.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 423


37 27012566 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G13 and
Antenna Quick Start H15 V15 G17)

37.3.3 Pole Mounting


The 27012566 antenna can be mounted on a pole. The wall thickness of the pole
should be no less than 2.5 mm. A 50 mm diameter pole made of round steel is
usually used.

● The antenna must be installed in a place far away from high-voltage power
supplies or radio signal interference sources (such as other APs or antennas).
● Do not install antennas in bad weather conditions, for example, during rain,
snow, or strong winds.

1. Fix the installation bracket to the back of the antenna with the nuts, spring
washers, and flat washers. The maximum torque is 6.2 N m.

2. Fix the elevation adjustable bracket to the installation bracket.


Select appropriate holes and thread bolts through the installation bracket and
elevation adjustable bracket. Put on flat washers, spring washers, and nuts to
fix the bolts (not tightly).

3. Fix the antenna support to the pole.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 424


37 27012566 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G13 and
Antenna Quick Start H15 V15 G17)

4. Fix the antenna to the antenna support. Thread bolts through the antenna
support and elevation adjustable bracket. Put on flat washers, spring washers,
and nuts to fix the bolts (not tightly).

5. Adjust the antenna angle and tighten all of the four nuts. The maximum
torque is 6.2 N m.

37.3.4 Connecting RF Cables


RF Cable Connection Requirements
The radio interfaces of the same frequency band on an AP have silkscreens A, B, C,
and D, as shown in the following figure.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 425


37 27012566 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G13 and
Antenna Quick Start H15 V15 G17)

The following figure shows the feeder interfaces on the 27012566 antenna.

Use the feeder cable to connect the radio interfaces of the AP and antenna. The
feeder interfaces A, B, C, and D of an antenna must be connected to radio
interfaces A, B, C, and D of the same frequency band on an AP.
The following figure shows the cable connections.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 426


37 27012566 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G13 and
Antenna Quick Start H15 V15 G17)

RF Cable Deployment Requirements


● Feeders connecting antennas and APs must be as short as possible.
● It is recommended that you connect a 50 ohm RF load to an idle antenna
interface and wrap the RF load with both the insulation and waterproof tape.
● Wrap the RF cable in single-layer PVC insulation tape, triple-layer waterproof
tape, and then triple-layer PVC insulation tape.
● Before wrapping the waterproof tape, stretch the tape evenly until the tape
length is twice its original length. With each layer of tape wrap the cable
tightly and ensure that each layer covers more than 50% of the layer beneath
it.
● Wrap the triple-layer tape from bottom to top, from top to bottom, and then
from bottom to top again.
● Bend radius requirements: RG-8U RF cable: > 150 mm; 1/2" RF cable: > 50
mm; 7/8" RF cable: > 250 mm. One inch (1") equals 25.4 mm.

RF Cable Connections
Antenna interfaces of Huawei outdoor APs provide a 5 kA surge protection
capability. In general, no additional surge protective device needs to be installed,
and the RF cables are directly connected to the antenna interfaces.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 427


37 27012566 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G13 and
Antenna Quick Start H15 V15 G17)

Outdoor APs support built-in surge protection on all interfaces, but the surge protection
works only when the outdoor APs are grounded.

Instructions on Making RF Cables


When making RF cables onsite, ensure that the coaxial cables and connectors in
use comply with the mappings described in Table Coaxial cables and connectors.

Table 37-3 Coaxial cables and connectors

Coaxial Coaxi Cable Loss Appearance


Cable al
Conne
ctor

RG-8U( Type- ● 2400MHz


250700 N ~2483.5
09) male MHz:
conne 26.8dB/
ctor 100m
(1404 ● 4920Mhz
0184) ~5825Mh
z:
41.8dB/
100m

1/2" Type- ● 2400MHz


(inch) N ~2483.5
super- male MHz:
flexible conne 18.1dB/
cable ctor 100m
(250700 (1404 ● 4920Mhz
76) 0150) ~5825Mh
z: 30dB/
100m

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the RG-8U feeder cable

1. Peel the cable.


2. Install accessories, such as the nut.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 428


37 27012566 Outdoor 2.4 GHz & 5 GHz Dual-
WLAN Polarized Directional Antenna (H32 V32 G13 and
Antenna Quick Start H15 V15 G17)

3. Install the connector body.


4. Tighten the connector on the cable.

Connecting the type-N male coaxial connector to the 1/2" feeder cable
1. Peel the cable.
2. Install the back nut.
3. Install the front nut.
4. Put the cable through the heat-shrink tubing.

Issue 13 (2020-04-21) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 429

You might also like